"Fossies" - the Fresh Open Source Software Archive

Member "sssd-2.4.2/src/man/po/eu.po" (19 Feb 2021, 709906 Bytes) of package /linux/misc/sssd-2.4.2.tar.gz:


As a special service "Fossies" has tried to format the requested source page into HTML format using (guessed) PO translation source code syntax highlighting (style: standard) with prefixed line numbers. Alternatively you can here view or download the uninterpreted source code file.

    1 # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
    2 # Copyright (C) YEAR Red Hat
    3 # This file is distributed under the same license as the sssd-docs package.
    4 #
    5 # Translators:
    6 msgid ""
    7 msgstr ""
    8 "Project-Id-Version: sssd-docs 2.3.0\n"
    9 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: sssd-devel@redhat.com\n"
   10 "POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-19 16:49+0100\n"
   11 "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-12-14 11:55-0500\n"
   12 "Last-Translator: Copied by Zanata <copied-by-zanata@zanata.org>\n"
   13 "Language-Team: Basque (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/sssd/language/"
   14 "eu/)\n"
   15 "Language: eu\n"
   16 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
   17 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
   18 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
   19 "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
   20 "X-Generator: Zanata 4.6.2\n"
   21 
   22 #. type: Content of: <reference><title>
   23 #: sss_groupmod.8.xml:5 sssd.conf.5.xml:5 sssd-ldap.5.xml:5 pam_sss.8.xml:5
   24 #: pam_sss_gss.8.xml:5 sssd_krb5_locator_plugin.8.xml:5 sssd-simple.5.xml:5
   25 #: sss-certmap.5.xml:5 sssd-ipa.5.xml:5 sssd-ad.5.xml:5 sssd-sudo.5.xml:5
   26 #: sssd.8.xml:5 sss_obfuscate.8.xml:5 sss_override.8.xml:5 sss_useradd.8.xml:5
   27 #: sssd-krb5.5.xml:5 sss_groupadd.8.xml:5 sss_userdel.8.xml:5
   28 #: sss_groupdel.8.xml:5 sss_groupshow.8.xml:5 sss_usermod.8.xml:5
   29 #: sss_cache.8.xml:5 sss_debuglevel.8.xml:5 sss_seed.8.xml:5 sssd-ifp.5.xml:5
   30 #: sss_rpcidmapd.5.xml:5 sss_ssh_authorizedkeys.1.xml:5
   31 #: sss_ssh_knownhostsproxy.1.xml:5 idmap_sss.8.xml:5 sssctl.8.xml:5
   32 #: sssd-files.5.xml:5 sssd-secrets.5.xml:5 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:5
   33 #: sssd-kcm.8.xml:5 sssd-systemtap.5.xml:5 sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:5
   34 msgid "SSSD Manual pages"
   35 msgstr ""
   36 
   37 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refname>
   38 #: sss_groupmod.8.xml:10 sss_groupmod.8.xml:15
   39 msgid "sss_groupmod"
   40 msgstr ""
   41 
   42 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refmeta><manvolnum>
   43 #: sss_groupmod.8.xml:11 pam_sss.8.xml:12 pam_sss_gss.8.xml:12
   44 #: sssd_krb5_locator_plugin.8.xml:11 sssd.8.xml:11 sss_obfuscate.8.xml:11
   45 #: sss_override.8.xml:11 sss_useradd.8.xml:11 sss_groupadd.8.xml:11
   46 #: sss_userdel.8.xml:11 sss_groupdel.8.xml:11 sss_groupshow.8.xml:11
   47 #: sss_usermod.8.xml:11 sss_cache.8.xml:11 sss_debuglevel.8.xml:11
   48 #: sss_seed.8.xml:11 idmap_sss.8.xml:11 sssctl.8.xml:11 sssd-kcm.8.xml:11
   49 msgid "8"
   50 msgstr ""
   51 
   52 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
   53 #: sss_groupmod.8.xml:16
   54 msgid "modify a group"
   55 msgstr ""
   56 
   57 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsynopsisdiv><cmdsynopsis>
   58 #: sss_groupmod.8.xml:21
   59 msgid ""
   60 "<command>sss_groupmod</command> <arg choice='opt'> <replaceable>options</"
   61 "replaceable> </arg> <arg choice='plain'><replaceable>GROUP</replaceable></"
   62 "arg>"
   63 msgstr ""
   64 
   65 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
   66 #: sss_groupmod.8.xml:30 sssd-ldap.5.xml:21 pam_sss.8.xml:63
   67 #: pam_sss_gss.8.xml:30 sssd_krb5_locator_plugin.8.xml:20 sssd-simple.5.xml:22
   68 #: sss-certmap.5.xml:21 sssd-ipa.5.xml:21 sssd-ad.5.xml:21 sssd-sudo.5.xml:21
   69 #: sssd.8.xml:29 sss_obfuscate.8.xml:30 sss_override.8.xml:30
   70 #: sss_useradd.8.xml:30 sssd-krb5.5.xml:21 sss_groupadd.8.xml:30
   71 #: sss_userdel.8.xml:30 sss_groupdel.8.xml:30 sss_groupshow.8.xml:30
   72 #: sss_usermod.8.xml:30 sss_cache.8.xml:29 sss_debuglevel.8.xml:30
   73 #: sss_seed.8.xml:31 sssd-ifp.5.xml:21 sss_ssh_authorizedkeys.1.xml:30
   74 #: sss_ssh_knownhostsproxy.1.xml:31 idmap_sss.8.xml:20 sssctl.8.xml:30
   75 #: sssd-files.5.xml:21 sssd-secrets.5.xml:21 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:21
   76 #: sssd-kcm.8.xml:21 sssd-systemtap.5.xml:21 sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:21
   77 msgid "DESCRIPTION"
   78 msgstr ""
   79 
   80 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
   81 #: sss_groupmod.8.xml:32
   82 msgid ""
   83 "<command>sss_groupmod</command> modifies the group to reflect the changes "
   84 "that are specified on the command line."
   85 msgstr ""
   86 
   87 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
   88 #: sss_groupmod.8.xml:39 pam_sss.8.xml:70 pam_sss_gss.8.xml:89 sssd.8.xml:42
   89 #: sss_obfuscate.8.xml:58 sss_useradd.8.xml:39 sss_groupadd.8.xml:39
   90 #: sss_userdel.8.xml:39 sss_groupdel.8.xml:39 sss_groupshow.8.xml:39
   91 #: sss_usermod.8.xml:39 sss_cache.8.xml:39 sss_seed.8.xml:42
   92 #: sss_ssh_authorizedkeys.1.xml:123 sss_ssh_knownhostsproxy.1.xml:62
   93 msgid "OPTIONS"
   94 msgstr ""
   95 
   96 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
   97 #: sss_groupmod.8.xml:43 sss_usermod.8.xml:77
   98 msgid ""
   99 "<option>-a</option>,<option>--append-group</option> <replaceable>GROUPS</"
  100 "replaceable>"
  101 msgstr ""
  102 
  103 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  104 #: sss_groupmod.8.xml:48
  105 msgid ""
  106 "Append this group to groups specified by the <replaceable>GROUPS</"
  107 "replaceable> parameter.  The <replaceable>GROUPS</replaceable> parameter is "
  108 "a comma separated list of group names."
  109 msgstr ""
  110 
  111 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  112 #: sss_groupmod.8.xml:57 sss_usermod.8.xml:91
  113 msgid ""
  114 "<option>-r</option>,<option>--remove-group</option> <replaceable>GROUPS</"
  115 "replaceable>"
  116 msgstr ""
  117 
  118 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  119 #: sss_groupmod.8.xml:62
  120 msgid ""
  121 "Remove this group from groups specified by the <replaceable>GROUPS</"
  122 "replaceable> parameter."
  123 msgstr ""
  124 
  125 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refname>
  126 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:10 sssd.conf.5.xml:16
  127 msgid "sssd.conf"
  128 msgstr ""
  129 
  130 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refmeta><manvolnum>
  131 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:11 sssd-ldap.5.xml:11 sssd-simple.5.xml:11
  132 #: sss-certmap.5.xml:11 sssd-ipa.5.xml:11 sssd-ad.5.xml:11 sssd-sudo.5.xml:11
  133 #: sssd-krb5.5.xml:11 sssd-ifp.5.xml:11 sss_rpcidmapd.5.xml:27
  134 #: sssd-files.5.xml:11 sssd-secrets.5.xml:11 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:11
  135 #: sssd-systemtap.5.xml:11 sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:11
  136 msgid "5"
  137 msgstr ""
  138 
  139 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refmeta><refmiscinfo>
  140 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:12 sssd-ldap.5.xml:12 sssd-simple.5.xml:12
  141 #: sss-certmap.5.xml:12 sssd-ipa.5.xml:12 sssd-ad.5.xml:12 sssd-sudo.5.xml:12
  142 #: sssd-krb5.5.xml:12 sssd-ifp.5.xml:12 sss_rpcidmapd.5.xml:28
  143 #: sssd-files.5.xml:12 sssd-secrets.5.xml:12 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:12
  144 #: sssd-kcm.8.xml:12 sssd-systemtap.5.xml:12 sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:12
  145 msgid "File Formats and Conventions"
  146 msgstr ""
  147 
  148 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
  149 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:17
  150 msgid "the configuration file for SSSD"
  151 msgstr ""
  152 
  153 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
  154 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:21
  155 msgid "FILE FORMAT"
  156 msgstr ""
  157 
  158 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><programlisting>
  159 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:29
  160 #, no-wrap
  161 msgid ""
  162 "<replaceable>[section]</replaceable>\n"
  163 "<replaceable>key</replaceable> = <replaceable>value</replaceable>\n"
  164 "<replaceable>key2</replaceable> = <replaceable>value2,value3</replaceable>\n"
  165 "            "
  166 msgstr ""
  167 
  168 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
  169 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:24
  170 msgid ""
  171 "The file has an ini-style syntax and consists of sections and parameters. A "
  172 "section begins with the name of the section in square brackets and continues "
  173 "until the next section begins. An example of section with single and multi-"
  174 "valued parameters: <placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/>"
  175 msgstr ""
  176 
  177 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
  178 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:36
  179 msgid ""
  180 "The data types used are string (no quotes needed), integer and bool (with "
  181 "values of <quote>TRUE/FALSE</quote>)."
  182 msgstr ""
  183 
  184 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
  185 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:41
  186 msgid ""
  187 "A comment line starts with a hash sign (<quote>#</quote>) or a semicolon "
  188 "(<quote>;</quote>).  Inline comments are not supported."
  189 msgstr ""
  190 
  191 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
  192 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:47
  193 msgid ""
  194 "All sections can have an optional <replaceable>description</replaceable> "
  195 "parameter. Its function is only as a label for the section."
  196 msgstr ""
  197 
  198 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
  199 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:53
  200 msgid ""
  201 "<filename>sssd.conf</filename> must be a regular file, owned by root and "
  202 "only root may read from or write to the file."
  203 msgstr ""
  204 
  205 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
  206 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:59
  207 msgid "CONFIGURATION SNIPPETS FROM INCLUDE DIRECTORY"
  208 msgstr ""
  209 
  210 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
  211 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:62
  212 msgid ""
  213 "The configuration file <filename>sssd.conf</filename> will include "
  214 "configuration snippets using the include directory <filename>conf.d</"
  215 "filename>. This feature is available if SSSD was compiled with libini "
  216 "version 1.3.0 or later."
  217 msgstr ""
  218 
  219 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
  220 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:69
  221 msgid ""
  222 "Any file placed in <filename>conf.d</filename> that ends in "
  223 "<quote><filename>.conf</filename></quote> and does not begin with a dot "
  224 "(<quote>.</quote>) will be used together with <filename>sssd.conf</filename> "
  225 "to configure SSSD."
  226 msgstr ""
  227 
  228 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
  229 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:77
  230 msgid ""
  231 "The configuration snippets from <filename>conf.d</filename> have higher "
  232 "priority than <filename>sssd.conf</filename> and will override "
  233 "<filename>sssd.conf</filename> when conflicts occur. If several snippets are "
  234 "present in <filename>conf.d</filename>, then they are included in "
  235 "alphabetical order (based on locale).  Files included later have higher "
  236 "priority. Numerical prefixes (<filename>01_snippet.conf</filename>, "
  237 "<filename>02_snippet.conf</filename> etc.) can help visualize the priority "
  238 "(higher number means higher priority)."
  239 msgstr ""
  240 
  241 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
  242 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:91
  243 msgid ""
  244 "The snippet files require the same owner and permissions as <filename>sssd."
  245 "conf</filename>. Which are by default root:root and 0600."
  246 msgstr ""
  247 
  248 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
  249 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:98
  250 msgid "GENERAL OPTIONS"
  251 msgstr ""
  252 
  253 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
  254 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:100
  255 msgid "Following options are usable in more than one configuration sections."
  256 msgstr ""
  257 
  258 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
  259 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:104
  260 msgid "Options usable in all sections"
  261 msgstr ""
  262 
  263 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  264 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:108
  265 msgid "debug_level (integer)"
  266 msgstr ""
  267 
  268 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  269 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:112
  270 msgid "debug (integer)"
  271 msgstr ""
  272 
  273 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  274 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:115
  275 msgid ""
  276 "SSSD 1.14 and later also includes the <replaceable>debug</replaceable> alias "
  277 "for <replaceable>debug_level</replaceable> as a convenience feature. If both "
  278 "are specified, the value of <replaceable>debug_level</replaceable> will be "
  279 "used."
  280 msgstr ""
  281 
  282 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  283 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:125
  284 msgid "debug_timestamps (bool)"
  285 msgstr ""
  286 
  287 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  288 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:128
  289 msgid ""
  290 "Add a timestamp to the debug messages.  If journald is enabled for SSSD "
  291 "debug logging this option is ignored."
  292 msgstr ""
  293 
  294 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  295 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:133 sssd.conf.5.xml:331 sssd.conf.5.xml:612
  296 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:941 sssd.conf.5.xml:1936 sssd.conf.5.xml:1966
  297 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:962 sssd-ldap.5.xml:1060 sssd-ldap.5.xml:1127
  298 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1579 sssd-ldap.5.xml:1644 sssd-ipa.5.xml:341
  299 #: sssd-ad.5.xml:229 sssd-ad.5.xml:343 sssd-ad.5.xml:1177 sssd-ad.5.xml:1325
  300 #: sssd-krb5.5.xml:499 sssd-secrets.5.xml:351 sssd-secrets.5.xml:364
  301 msgid "Default: true"
  302 msgstr ""
  303 
  304 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  305 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:138
  306 msgid "debug_microseconds (bool)"
  307 msgstr ""
  308 
  309 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  310 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:141
  311 msgid ""
  312 "Add microseconds to the timestamp in debug messages.  If journald is enabled "
  313 "for SSSD debug logging this option is ignored."
  314 msgstr ""
  315 
  316 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  317 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:146 sssd.conf.5.xml:609 sssd.conf.5.xml:823
  318 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1869 sssd.conf.5.xml:3686 sssd-ldap.5.xml:312
  319 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:813 sssd-ldap.5.xml:832 sssd-ldap.5.xml:1032
  320 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1463 sssd-ldap.5.xml:1668 sssd-ipa.5.xml:151
  321 #: sssd-ipa.5.xml:253 sssd-ipa.5.xml:589 sssd-ad.5.xml:1083 sssd-krb5.5.xml:266
  322 #: sssd-krb5.5.xml:300 sssd-krb5.5.xml:471 sssd-krb5.5.xml:573
  323 msgid "Default: false"
  324 msgstr ""
  325 
  326 #. type: Content of: outside any tag (error?)
  327 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:106 sssd.conf.5.xml:157 sssd-ldap.5.xml:1520
  328 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1691 sssd-systemtap.5.xml:82 sssd-systemtap.5.xml:143
  329 #: sssd-systemtap.5.xml:236 sssd-systemtap.5.xml:274 sssd-systemtap.5.xml:330
  330 #: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:40 sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:646
  331 #: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:784 sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:873
  332 #: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:970 sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:1028
  333 #: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:1186 sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:1231
  334 #: include/autofs_attributes.xml:1
  335 msgid "<placeholder type=\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/>"
  336 msgstr ""
  337 
  338 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
  339 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:155
  340 msgid "Options usable in SERVICE and DOMAIN sections"
  341 msgstr ""
  342 
  343 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  344 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:159
  345 msgid "timeout (integer)"
  346 msgstr ""
  347 
  348 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  349 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:162
  350 msgid ""
  351 "Timeout in seconds between heartbeats for this service. This is used to "
  352 "ensure that the process is alive and capable of answering requests. Note "
  353 "that after three missed heartbeats the process will terminate itself."
  354 msgstr ""
  355 
  356 #. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><refsect3><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  357 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:169 sssd.conf.5.xml:1161 sssd.conf.5.xml:1550
  358 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3702 sssd-ldap.5.xml:684 include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:264
  359 msgid "Default: 10"
  360 msgstr ""
  361 
  362 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
  363 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:179
  364 msgid "SPECIAL SECTIONS"
  365 msgstr ""
  366 
  367 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
  368 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:182
  369 msgid "The [sssd] section"
  370 msgstr ""
  371 
  372 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><title>
  373 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:191 sssd.conf.5.xml:3791
  374 msgid "Section parameters"
  375 msgstr ""
  376 
  377 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  378 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:193
  379 msgid "config_file_version (integer)"
  380 msgstr ""
  381 
  382 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  383 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:196
  384 msgid ""
  385 "Indicates what is the syntax of the config file. SSSD 0.6.0 and later use "
  386 "version 2."
  387 msgstr ""
  388 
  389 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  390 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:202
  391 msgid "services"
  392 msgstr ""
  393 
  394 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  395 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:205
  396 msgid ""
  397 "Comma separated list of services that are started when sssd itself starts.  "
  398 "<phrase condition=\"have_systemd\"> The services' list is optional on "
  399 "platforms where systemd is supported, as they will either be socket or D-Bus "
  400 "activated when needed.  </phrase>"
  401 msgstr ""
  402 
  403 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  404 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:214
  405 msgid ""
  406 "Supported services: nss, pam <phrase condition=\"with_sudo\">, sudo</phrase> "
  407 "<phrase condition=\"with_autofs\">, autofs</phrase> <phrase condition="
  408 "\"with_ssh\">, ssh</phrase> <phrase condition=\"with_pac_responder\">, pac</"
  409 "phrase> <phrase condition=\"with_ifp\">, ifp</phrase>"
  410 msgstr ""
  411 
  412 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  413 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:222
  414 msgid ""
  415 "<phrase condition=\"have_systemd\"> By default, all services are disabled "
  416 "and the administrator must enable the ones allowed to be used by executing: "
  417 "\"systemctl enable sssd-@service@.socket\".  </phrase>"
  418 msgstr ""
  419 
  420 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  421 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:231 sssd.conf.5.xml:683
  422 msgid "reconnection_retries (integer)"
  423 msgstr ""
  424 
  425 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  426 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:234 sssd.conf.5.xml:686
  427 msgid ""
  428 "Number of times services should attempt to reconnect in the event of a Data "
  429 "Provider crash or restart before they give up"
  430 msgstr ""
  431 
  432 #. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  433 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:239 sssd.conf.5.xml:691 include/failover.xml:100
  434 msgid "Default: 3"
  435 msgstr ""
  436 
  437 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  438 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:244
  439 msgid "domains"
  440 msgstr ""
  441 
  442 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  443 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:247
  444 msgid ""
  445 "A domain is a database containing user information. SSSD can use more "
  446 "domains at the same time, but at least one must be configured or SSSD won't "
  447 "start.  This parameter describes the list of domains in the order you want "
  448 "them to be queried.  A domain name is recommended to contain only "
  449 "alphanumeric ASCII characters, dashes, dots and underscores. '/' character "
  450 "is forbidden."
  451 msgstr ""
  452 
  453 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  454 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:260 sssd.conf.5.xml:3203
  455 msgid "re_expression (string)"
  456 msgstr ""
  457 
  458 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  459 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:263
  460 msgid ""
  461 "Default regular expression that describes how to parse the string containing "
  462 "user name and domain into these components."
  463 msgstr ""
  464 
  465 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  466 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:268
  467 msgid ""
  468 "Each domain can have an individual regular expression configured. For some "
  469 "ID providers there are also default regular expressions. See DOMAIN SECTIONS "
  470 "for more info on these regular expressions."
  471 msgstr ""
  472 
  473 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  474 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:277 sssd.conf.5.xml:3251
  475 msgid "full_name_format (string)"
  476 msgstr ""
  477 
  478 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  479 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:280 sssd.conf.5.xml:3254
  480 msgid ""
  481 "A <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>printf</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>3</"
  482 "manvolnum> </citerefentry>-compatible format that describes how to compose a "
  483 "fully qualified name from user name and domain name components."
  484 msgstr ""
  485 
  486 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  487 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:291 sssd.conf.5.xml:3265
  488 msgid "%1$s"
  489 msgstr ""
  490 
  491 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  492 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:292 sssd.conf.5.xml:3266
  493 msgid "user name"
  494 msgstr ""
  495 
  496 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  497 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:295 sssd.conf.5.xml:3269
  498 msgid "%2$s"
  499 msgstr ""
  500 
  501 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  502 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:298 sssd.conf.5.xml:3272
  503 msgid "domain name as specified in the SSSD config file."
  504 msgstr ""
  505 
  506 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  507 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:304 sssd.conf.5.xml:3278
  508 msgid "%3$s"
  509 msgstr ""
  510 
  511 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  512 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:307 sssd.conf.5.xml:3281
  513 msgid ""
  514 "domain flat name. Mostly usable for Active Directory domains, both directly "
  515 "configured or discovered via IPA trusts."
  516 msgstr ""
  517 
  518 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  519 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:288 sssd.conf.5.xml:3262
  520 msgid ""
  521 "The following expansions are supported: <placeholder type=\"variablelist\" "
  522 "id=\"0\"/>"
  523 msgstr ""
  524 
  525 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  526 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:317
  527 msgid ""
  528 "Each domain can have an individual format string configured.  See DOMAIN "
  529 "SECTIONS for more info on this option."
  530 msgstr ""
  531 
  532 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  533 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:323
  534 msgid "monitor_resolv_conf (boolean)"
  535 msgstr ""
  536 
  537 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  538 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:326
  539 msgid ""
  540 "Controls if SSSD should monitor the state of resolv.conf to identify when it "
  541 "needs to update its internal DNS resolver."
  542 msgstr ""
  543 
  544 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  545 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:336
  546 msgid "try_inotify (boolean)"
  547 msgstr ""
  548 
  549 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  550 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:339
  551 msgid ""
  552 "By default, SSSD will attempt to use inotify to monitor configuration files "
  553 "changes and will fall back to polling every five seconds if inotify cannot "
  554 "be used."
  555 msgstr ""
  556 
  557 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  558 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:345
  559 msgid ""
  560 "There are some limited situations where it is preferred that we should skip "
  561 "even trying to use inotify. In these rare cases, this option should be set "
  562 "to 'false'"
  563 msgstr ""
  564 
  565 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  566 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:351
  567 msgid ""
  568 "Default: true on platforms where inotify is supported. False on other "
  569 "platforms."
  570 msgstr ""
  571 
  572 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  573 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:355
  574 msgid ""
  575 "Note: this option will have no effect on platforms where inotify is "
  576 "unavailable. On these platforms, polling will always be used."
  577 msgstr ""
  578 
  579 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  580 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:362
  581 msgid "krb5_rcache_dir (string)"
  582 msgstr ""
  583 
  584 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  585 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:365
  586 msgid ""
  587 "Directory on the filesystem where SSSD should store Kerberos replay cache "
  588 "files."
  589 msgstr ""
  590 
  591 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  592 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:369
  593 msgid ""
  594 "This option accepts a special value __LIBKRB5_DEFAULTS__ that will instruct "
  595 "SSSD to let libkrb5 decide the appropriate location for the replay cache."
  596 msgstr ""
  597 
  598 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  599 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:375
  600 msgid ""
  601 "Default: Distribution-specific and specified at build-time. "
  602 "(__LIBKRB5_DEFAULTS__ if not configured)"
  603 msgstr ""
  604 
  605 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  606 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:382
  607 msgid "user (string)"
  608 msgstr ""
  609 
  610 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  611 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:385
  612 msgid ""
  613 "The user to drop the privileges to where appropriate to avoid running as the "
  614 "root user.  <phrase condition=\"have_systemd\"> This option does not work "
  615 "when running socket-activated services, as the user set up to run the "
  616 "processes is set up during compilation time.  The way to override the "
  617 "systemd unit files is by creating the appropriate files in /etc/systemd/"
  618 "system/.  Keep in mind that any change in the socket user, group or "
  619 "permissions may result in a non-usable SSSD. The same may occur in case of "
  620 "changes of the user running the NSS responder.  </phrase>"
  621 msgstr ""
  622 
  623 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  624 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:403
  625 msgid "Default: not set, process will run as root"
  626 msgstr ""
  627 
  628 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  629 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:408
  630 msgid "default_domain_suffix (string)"
  631 msgstr ""
  632 
  633 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  634 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:411
  635 msgid ""
  636 "This string will be used as a default domain name for all names without a "
  637 "domain name component. The main use case is environments where the primary "
  638 "domain is intended for managing host policies and all users are located in a "
  639 "trusted domain.  The option allows those users to log in just with their "
  640 "user name without giving a domain name as well."
  641 msgstr ""
  642 
  643 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  644 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:421
  645 msgid ""
  646 "Please note that if this option is set all users from the primary domain "
  647 "have to use their fully qualified name, e.g. user@domain.name, to log in. "
  648 "Setting this option changes default of use_fully_qualified_names to True. It "
  649 "is not allowed to use this option together with use_fully_qualified_names "
  650 "set to False. One exception from this rule are domains with "
  651 "<quote>id_provider=files</quote> that always try to match the behaviour of "
  652 "nss_files and therefore their output is not qualified even when the "
  653 "default_domain_suffix option is used."
  654 msgstr ""
  655 
  656 #. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><refsect3><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  657 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:436 sssd.conf.5.xml:1348 sssd-ldap.5.xml:772
  658 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:784 sssd-ldap.5.xml:876 sssd-ad.5.xml:897 sssd-ad.5.xml:972
  659 #: sssd.8.xml:126 sssd-krb5.5.xml:410 sssd-krb5.5.xml:609
  660 #: sssd-secrets.5.xml:339 sssd-secrets.5.xml:377 sssd-secrets.5.xml:390
  661 #: sssd-secrets.5.xml:404 sssd-secrets.5.xml:415 sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:470
  662 #: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:959 include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:205
  663 #: include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:216
  664 msgid "Default: not set"
  665 msgstr ""
  666 
  667 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  668 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:441
  669 msgid "override_space (string)"
  670 msgstr ""
  671 
  672 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  673 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:444
  674 msgid ""
  675 "This parameter will replace spaces (space bar)  with the given character for "
  676 "user and group names.  e.g. (_). User name &quot;john doe&quot; will be "
  677 "&quot;john_doe&quot; This feature was added to help compatibility with shell "
  678 "scripts that have difficulty handling spaces, due to the default field "
  679 "separator in the shell."
  680 msgstr ""
  681 
  682 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  683 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:453
  684 msgid ""
  685 "Please note it is a configuration error to use a replacement character that "
  686 "might be used in user or group names. If a name contains the replacement "
  687 "character SSSD tries to return the unmodified name but in general the result "
  688 "of a lookup is undefined."
  689 msgstr ""
  690 
  691 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  692 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:461
  693 msgid "Default: not set (spaces will not be replaced)"
  694 msgstr ""
  695 
  696 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  697 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:466
  698 msgid "certificate_verification (string)"
  699 msgstr ""
  700 
  701 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  702 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:474
  703 msgid "no_ocsp"
  704 msgstr ""
  705 
  706 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  707 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:476
  708 msgid ""
  709 "Disables Online Certificate Status Protocol (OCSP) checks. This might be "
  710 "needed if the OCSP servers defined in the certificate are not reachable from "
  711 "the client."
  712 msgstr ""
  713 
  714 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  715 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:484
  716 msgid "soft_ocsp"
  717 msgstr ""
  718 
  719 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  720 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:486
  721 msgid ""
  722 "If a connection cannot be established to an OCSP responder the OCSP check is "
  723 "skipped.  This option should be used to allow authentication when the system "
  724 "is offline and the OCSP responder cannot be reached."
  725 msgstr ""
  726 
  727 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  728 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:496
  729 msgid "ocsp_dgst"
  730 msgstr ""
  731 
  732 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  733 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:498
  734 msgid ""
  735 "Digest (hash) function used to create the certificate ID for the OCSP "
  736 "request. Allowed values are:"
  737 msgstr ""
  738 
  739 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
  740 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:502
  741 msgid "sha1"
  742 msgstr ""
  743 
  744 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
  745 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:503
  746 msgid "sha256"
  747 msgstr ""
  748 
  749 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
  750 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:504
  751 msgid "sha384"
  752 msgstr ""
  753 
  754 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
  755 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:505
  756 msgid "sha512"
  757 msgstr ""
  758 
  759 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  760 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:508
  761 msgid "Default: sha1 (to allow compatibility with RFC5019-compliant responder)"
  762 msgstr ""
  763 
  764 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  765 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:514
  766 msgid "no_verification"
  767 msgstr ""
  768 
  769 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  770 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:516
  771 msgid ""
  772 "Disables verification completely.  This option should only be used for "
  773 "testing."
  774 msgstr ""
  775 
  776 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  777 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:522
  778 msgid "ocsp_default_responder=URL"
  779 msgstr ""
  780 
  781 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  782 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:524
  783 msgid ""
  784 "Sets the OCSP default responder which should be used instead of the one "
  785 "mentioned in the certificate. URL must be replaced with the URL of the OCSP "
  786 "default responder e.g.  http://example.com:80/ocsp."
  787 msgstr ""
  788 
  789 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  790 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:534
  791 msgid "ocsp_default_responder_signing_cert=NAME"
  792 msgstr ""
  793 
  794 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  795 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:536
  796 msgid ""
  797 "This option is currently ignored. All needed certificates must be available "
  798 "in the PEM file given by pam_cert_db_path."
  799 msgstr ""
  800 
  801 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  802 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:544
  803 msgid "crl_file=/PATH/TO/CRL/FILE"
  804 msgstr ""
  805 
  806 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  807 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:546
  808 msgid ""
  809 "Use the Certificate Revocation List (CRL) from the given file during the "
  810 "verification of the certificate. The CRL must be given in PEM format, see "
  811 "<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>crl</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>1ssl</"
  812 "manvolnum> </citerefentry> for details."
  813 msgstr ""
  814 
  815 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  816 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:559
  817 msgid "soft_crl"
  818 msgstr ""
  819 
  820 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  821 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:562
  822 msgid ""
  823 "If a Certificate Revocation List (CRL)  is expired ignore the CRL checks for "
  824 "the related certificates. This option should be used to allow authentication "
  825 "when the system is offline and the CRL cannot be renewed."
  826 msgstr ""
  827 
  828 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  829 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:469
  830 msgid ""
  831 "With this parameter the certificate verification can be tuned with a comma "
  832 "separated list of options. Supported options are: <placeholder type="
  833 "\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/>"
  834 msgstr ""
  835 
  836 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  837 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:573
  838 msgid "Unknown options are reported but ignored."
  839 msgstr ""
  840 
  841 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  842 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:576
  843 msgid "Default: not set, i.e. do not restrict certificate verification"
  844 msgstr ""
  845 
  846 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  847 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:582
  848 msgid "disable_netlink (boolean)"
  849 msgstr ""
  850 
  851 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  852 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:585
  853 msgid ""
  854 "SSSD hooks into the netlink interface to monitor changes to routes, "
  855 "addresses, links and trigger certain actions."
  856 msgstr ""
  857 
  858 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  859 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:590
  860 msgid ""
  861 "The SSSD state changes caused by netlink events may be undesirable and can "
  862 "be disabled by setting this option to 'true'"
  863 msgstr ""
  864 
  865 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  866 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:595
  867 msgid "Default: false (netlink changes are detected)"
  868 msgstr ""
  869 
  870 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  871 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:600
  872 msgid "enable_files_domain (boolean)"
  873 msgstr ""
  874 
  875 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  876 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:603
  877 msgid ""
  878 "When this option is enabled, SSSD prepends an implicit domain with "
  879 "<quote>id_provider=files</quote> before any explicitly configured domains."
  880 msgstr ""
  881 
  882 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  883 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:617
  884 msgid "domain_resolution_order"
  885 msgstr ""
  886 
  887 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  888 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:620
  889 msgid ""
  890 "Comma separated list of domains and subdomains representing the lookup order "
  891 "that will be followed.  The list doesn't have to include all possible "
  892 "domains as the missing domains will be looked up based on the order they're "
  893 "presented in the <quote>domains</quote> configuration option.  The "
  894 "subdomains which are not listed as part of <quote>lookup_order</quote> will "
  895 "be looked up in a random order for each parent domain."
  896 msgstr ""
  897 
  898 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  899 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:632
  900 msgid ""
  901 "Please, note that when this option is set the output format of all commands "
  902 "is always fully-qualified even when using short names for input, for all "
  903 "users but the ones managed by the files provider.  In case the administrator "
  904 "wants the output not fully-qualified, the full_name_format option can be "
  905 "used as shown below: <quote>full_name_format=%1$s</quote> However, keep in "
  906 "mind that during login, login applications often canonicalize the username "
  907 "by calling <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>getpwnam</refentrytitle> "
  908 "<manvolnum>3</manvolnum> </citerefentry> which, if a shortname is returned "
  909 "for a qualified input (while trying to reach a user which exists in multiple "
  910 "domains) might re-route the login attempt into the domain which uses "
  911 "shortnames, making this workaround totally not recommended in cases where "
  912 "usernames may overlap between domains."
  913 msgstr ""
  914 
  915 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  916 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:657 sssd.conf.5.xml:1562 sssd.conf.5.xml:3752
  917 #: sssd-ad.5.xml:164 sssd-ad.5.xml:304 sssd-ad.5.xml:318
  918 msgid "Default: Not set"
  919 msgstr ""
  920 
  921 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
  922 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:184
  923 msgid ""
  924 "Individual pieces of SSSD functionality are provided by special SSSD "
  925 "services that are started and stopped together with SSSD.  The services are "
  926 "managed by a special service frequently called <quote>monitor</quote>. The "
  927 "<quote>[sssd]</quote> section is used to configure the monitor as well as "
  928 "some other important options like the identity domains.  <placeholder type="
  929 "\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/>"
  930 msgstr ""
  931 
  932 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
  933 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:668
  934 msgid "SERVICES SECTIONS"
  935 msgstr ""
  936 
  937 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
  938 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:670
  939 msgid ""
  940 "Settings that can be used to configure different services are described in "
  941 "this section. They should reside in the [<replaceable>$NAME</replaceable>] "
  942 "section, for example, for NSS service, the section would be <quote>[nss]</"
  943 "quote>"
  944 msgstr ""
  945 
  946 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
  947 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:677
  948 msgid "General service configuration options"
  949 msgstr ""
  950 
  951 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
  952 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:679
  953 msgid "These options can be used to configure any service."
  954 msgstr ""
  955 
  956 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  957 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:696
  958 msgid "fd_limit"
  959 msgstr ""
  960 
  961 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  962 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:699
  963 msgid ""
  964 "This option specifies the maximum number of file descriptors that may be "
  965 "opened at one time by this SSSD process. On systems where SSSD is granted "
  966 "the CAP_SYS_RESOURCE capability, this will be an absolute setting. On "
  967 "systems without this capability, the resulting value will be the lower value "
  968 "of this or the limits.conf \"hard\" limit."
  969 msgstr ""
  970 
  971 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  972 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:708
  973 msgid "Default: 8192 (or limits.conf \"hard\" limit)"
  974 msgstr ""
  975 
  976 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  977 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:713
  978 msgid "client_idle_timeout"
  979 msgstr ""
  980 
  981 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  982 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:716
  983 msgid ""
  984 "This option specifies the number of seconds that a client of an SSSD process "
  985 "can hold onto a file descriptor without communicating on it. This value is "
  986 "limited in order to avoid resource exhaustion on the system. The timeout "
  987 "can't be shorter than 10 seconds. If a lower value is configured, it will be "
  988 "adjusted to 10 seconds."
  989 msgstr ""
  990 
  991 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  992 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:725
  993 msgid "Default: 60, KCM: 300"
  994 msgstr ""
  995 
  996 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  997 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:730
  998 msgid "offline_timeout (integer)"
  999 msgstr ""
 1000 
 1001 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1002 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:733
 1003 msgid ""
 1004 "When SSSD switches to offline mode the amount of time before it tries to go "
 1005 "back online will increase based upon the time spent disconnected.  This "
 1006 "value is in seconds and calculated by the following:"
 1007 msgstr ""
 1008 
 1009 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1010 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:740
 1011 msgid "offline_timeout + random_offset"
 1012 msgstr ""
 1013 
 1014 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1015 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:743
 1016 msgid ""
 1017 "The random offset value is from 0 to 30.  After each unsuccessful attempt to "
 1018 "go online, the new interval is recalculated by the following:"
 1019 msgstr ""
 1020 
 1021 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1022 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:748
 1023 msgid "new_interval = (old_interval * 2) + random_offset"
 1024 msgstr ""
 1025 
 1026 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1027 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:751
 1028 msgid ""
 1029 "Note that the maximum length of each interval is defined by "
 1030 "offline_timeout_max, which defaults to one hour. If the calculated length of "
 1031 "new_interval is greater than offline_timeout_max, it will be forced to the "
 1032 "offline_timeout_max value."
 1033 msgstr ""
 1034 
 1035 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1036 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:758 sssd.conf.5.xml:1072 sssd.conf.5.xml:1414
 1037 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1651 sssd-ldap.5.xml:469
 1038 msgid "Default: 60"
 1039 msgstr ""
 1040 
 1041 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1042 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:763
 1043 msgid "offline_timeout_max (integer)"
 1044 msgstr ""
 1045 
 1046 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1047 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:766
 1048 msgid ""
 1049 "Controls by how much the time between attempts to go online can be "
 1050 "incremented following unsuccessful attempts to go online."
 1051 msgstr ""
 1052 
 1053 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1054 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:771
 1055 msgid "A value of 0 disables the incrementing behaviour."
 1056 msgstr ""
 1057 
 1058 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1059 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:774
 1060 msgid ""
 1061 "The value of this parameter should be set in correlation to offline_timeout "
 1062 "parameter value."
 1063 msgstr ""
 1064 
 1065 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1066 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:778
 1067 msgid ""
 1068 "With offline_timeout set to 60 (default value) there is no point in setting "
 1069 "offlinet_timeout_max to less than 120 as it will saturate instantly. General "
 1070 "rule here should be to set offline_timeout_max to at least 4 times "
 1071 "offline_timeout."
 1072 msgstr ""
 1073 
 1074 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1075 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:784
 1076 msgid ""
 1077 "Although a value between 0 and offline_timeout may be specified, it has the "
 1078 "effect of overriding the offline_timeout value so is of little use."
 1079 msgstr ""
 1080 
 1081 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1082 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:789
 1083 msgid "Default: 3600"
 1084 msgstr ""
 1085 
 1086 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1087 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:794
 1088 msgid "responder_idle_timeout"
 1089 msgstr ""
 1090 
 1091 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1092 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:797
 1093 msgid ""
 1094 "This option specifies the number of seconds that an SSSD responder process "
 1095 "can be up without being used. This value is limited in order to avoid "
 1096 "resource exhaustion on the system.  The minimum acceptable value for this "
 1097 "option is 60 seconds.  Setting this option to 0 (zero) means that no timeout "
 1098 "will be set up to the responder.  This option only has effect when SSSD is "
 1099 "built with systemd support and when services are either socket or D-Bus "
 1100 "activated."
 1101 msgstr ""
 1102 
 1103 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1104 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:811 sssd.conf.5.xml:1085 sssd.conf.5.xml:2090
 1105 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:326
 1106 msgid "Default: 300"
 1107 msgstr ""
 1108 
 1109 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1110 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:816
 1111 msgid "cache_first"
 1112 msgstr ""
 1113 
 1114 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1115 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:819
 1116 msgid ""
 1117 "This option specifies whether the responder should query all caches before "
 1118 "querying the Data Providers."
 1119 msgstr ""
 1120 
 1121 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
 1122 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:831
 1123 msgid "NSS configuration options"
 1124 msgstr ""
 1125 
 1126 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
 1127 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:833
 1128 msgid ""
 1129 "These options can be used to configure the Name Service Switch (NSS) service."
 1130 msgstr ""
 1131 
 1132 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1133 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:838
 1134 msgid "enum_cache_timeout (integer)"
 1135 msgstr ""
 1136 
 1137 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1138 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:841
 1139 msgid ""
 1140 "How many seconds should nss_sss cache enumerations (requests for info about "
 1141 "all users)"
 1142 msgstr ""
 1143 
 1144 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1145 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:845
 1146 msgid "Default: 120"
 1147 msgstr ""
 1148 
 1149 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1150 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:850
 1151 msgid "entry_cache_nowait_percentage (integer)"
 1152 msgstr ""
 1153 
 1154 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1155 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:853
 1156 msgid ""
 1157 "The entry cache can be set to automatically update entries in the background "
 1158 "if they are requested beyond a percentage of the entry_cache_timeout value "
 1159 "for the domain."
 1160 msgstr ""
 1161 
 1162 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1163 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:859
 1164 msgid ""
 1165 "For example, if the domain's entry_cache_timeout is set to 30s and "
 1166 "entry_cache_nowait_percentage is set to 50 (percent), entries that come in "
 1167 "after 15 seconds past the last cache update will be returned immediately, "
 1168 "but the SSSD will go and update the cache on its own, so that future "
 1169 "requests will not need to block waiting for a cache update."
 1170 msgstr ""
 1171 
 1172 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1173 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:869
 1174 msgid ""
 1175 "Valid values for this option are 0-99 and represent a percentage of the "
 1176 "entry_cache_timeout for each domain. For performance reasons, this "
 1177 "percentage will never reduce the nowait timeout to less than 10 seconds.  (0 "
 1178 "disables this feature)"
 1179 msgstr ""
 1180 
 1181 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1182 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:877 sssd.conf.5.xml:1890
 1183 msgid "Default: 50"
 1184 msgstr ""
 1185 
 1186 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1187 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:882
 1188 msgid "entry_negative_timeout (integer)"
 1189 msgstr ""
 1190 
 1191 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1192 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:885
 1193 msgid ""
 1194 "Specifies for how many seconds nss_sss should cache negative cache hits "
 1195 "(that is, queries for invalid database entries, like nonexistent ones)  "
 1196 "before asking the back end again."
 1197 msgstr ""
 1198 
 1199 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1200 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:891 sssd.conf.5.xml:1914
 1201 msgid "Default: 15"
 1202 msgstr ""
 1203 
 1204 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1205 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:896
 1206 msgid "local_negative_timeout (integer)"
 1207 msgstr ""
 1208 
 1209 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1210 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:899
 1211 msgid ""
 1212 "Specifies for how many seconds nss_sss should keep local users and groups in "
 1213 "negative cache before trying to look it up in the back end again. Setting "
 1214 "the option to 0 disables this feature."
 1215 msgstr ""
 1216 
 1217 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1218 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:905
 1219 msgid "Default: 14400 (4 hours)"
 1220 msgstr ""
 1221 
 1222 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1223 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:910
 1224 msgid "filter_users, filter_groups (string)"
 1225 msgstr ""
 1226 
 1227 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1228 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:913
 1229 msgid ""
 1230 "Exclude certain users or groups from being fetched from the sss NSS "
 1231 "database. This is particularly useful for system accounts. This option can "
 1232 "also be set per-domain or include fully-qualified names to filter only users "
 1233 "from the particular domain or by a user principal name (UPN)."
 1234 msgstr ""
 1235 
 1236 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1237 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:921
 1238 msgid ""
 1239 "NOTE: The filter_groups option doesn't affect inheritance of nested group "
 1240 "members, since filtering happens after they are propagated for returning via "
 1241 "NSS. E.g. a group having a member group filtered out will still have the "
 1242 "member users of the latter listed."
 1243 msgstr ""
 1244 
 1245 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1246 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:929
 1247 msgid "Default: root"
 1248 msgstr ""
 1249 
 1250 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1251 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:934
 1252 msgid "filter_users_in_groups (bool)"
 1253 msgstr ""
 1254 
 1255 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1256 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:937
 1257 msgid ""
 1258 "If you want filtered user still be group members set this option to false."
 1259 msgstr ""
 1260 
 1261 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1262 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:948
 1263 msgid "fallback_homedir (string)"
 1264 msgstr ""
 1265 
 1266 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1267 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:951
 1268 msgid ""
 1269 "Set a default template for a user's home directory if one is not specified "
 1270 "explicitly by the domain's data provider."
 1271 msgstr ""
 1272 
 1273 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1274 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:956
 1275 msgid ""
 1276 "The available values for this option are the same as for override_homedir."
 1277 msgstr ""
 1278 
 1279 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><programlisting>
 1280 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:962
 1281 #, no-wrap
 1282 msgid ""
 1283 "fallback_homedir = /home/%u\n"
 1284 "                            "
 1285 msgstr ""
 1286 
 1287 #. type: Content of: <varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1288 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:960 sssd.conf.5.xml:1481 sssd.conf.5.xml:1500
 1289 #: sssd-krb5.5.xml:592 include/override_homedir.xml:59
 1290 msgid "example: <placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/>"
 1291 msgstr ""
 1292 
 1293 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1294 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:966
 1295 msgid "Default: not set (no substitution for unset home directories)"
 1296 msgstr ""
 1297 
 1298 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1299 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:972
 1300 msgid "override_shell (string)"
 1301 msgstr ""
 1302 
 1303 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1304 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:975
 1305 msgid ""
 1306 "Override the login shell for all users. This option supersedes any other "
 1307 "shell options if it takes effect and can be set either in the [nss] section "
 1308 "or per-domain."
 1309 msgstr ""
 1310 
 1311 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1312 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:981
 1313 msgid "Default: not set (SSSD will use the value retrieved from LDAP)"
 1314 msgstr ""
 1315 
 1316 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1317 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:987
 1318 msgid "allowed_shells (string)"
 1319 msgstr ""
 1320 
 1321 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1322 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:990
 1323 msgid ""
 1324 "Restrict user shell to one of the listed values. The order of evaluation is:"
 1325 msgstr ""
 1326 
 1327 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1328 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:993
 1329 msgid "1. If the shell is present in <quote>/etc/shells</quote>, it is used."
 1330 msgstr ""
 1331 
 1332 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1333 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:997
 1334 msgid ""
 1335 "2. If the shell is in the allowed_shells list but not in <quote>/etc/shells</"
 1336 "quote>, use the value of the shell_fallback parameter."
 1337 msgstr ""
 1338 
 1339 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1340 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1002
 1341 msgid ""
 1342 "3. If the shell is not in the allowed_shells list and not in <quote>/etc/"
 1343 "shells</quote>, a nologin shell is used."
 1344 msgstr ""
 1345 
 1346 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1347 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1007
 1348 msgid "The wildcard (*) can be used to allow any shell."
 1349 msgstr ""
 1350 
 1351 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1352 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1010
 1353 msgid ""
 1354 "The (*) is useful if you want to use shell_fallback in case that user's "
 1355 "shell is not in <quote>/etc/shells</quote> and maintaining list of all "
 1356 "allowed shells in allowed_shells would be to much overhead."
 1357 msgstr ""
 1358 
 1359 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1360 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1017
 1361 msgid "An empty string for shell is passed as-is to libc."
 1362 msgstr ""
 1363 
 1364 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1365 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1020
 1366 msgid ""
 1367 "The <quote>/etc/shells</quote> is only read on SSSD start up, which means "
 1368 "that a restart of the SSSD is required in case a new shell is installed."
 1369 msgstr ""
 1370 
 1371 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1372 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1024
 1373 msgid "Default: Not set. The user shell is automatically used."
 1374 msgstr ""
 1375 
 1376 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1377 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1029
 1378 msgid "vetoed_shells (string)"
 1379 msgstr ""
 1380 
 1381 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1382 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1032
 1383 msgid "Replace any instance of these shells with the shell_fallback"
 1384 msgstr ""
 1385 
 1386 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1387 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1037
 1388 msgid "shell_fallback (string)"
 1389 msgstr ""
 1390 
 1391 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1392 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1040
 1393 msgid ""
 1394 "The default shell to use if an allowed shell is not installed on the machine."
 1395 msgstr ""
 1396 
 1397 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1398 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1044
 1399 msgid "Default: /bin/sh"
 1400 msgstr ""
 1401 
 1402 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1403 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1049
 1404 msgid "default_shell"
 1405 msgstr ""
 1406 
 1407 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1408 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1052
 1409 msgid ""
 1410 "The default shell to use if the provider does not return one during lookup. "
 1411 "This option can be specified globally in the [nss] section or per-domain."
 1412 msgstr ""
 1413 
 1414 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1415 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1058
 1416 msgid ""
 1417 "Default: not set (Return NULL if no shell is specified and rely on libc to "
 1418 "substitute something sensible when necessary, usually /bin/sh)"
 1419 msgstr ""
 1420 
 1421 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1422 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1065 sssd.conf.5.xml:1407
 1423 msgid "get_domains_timeout (int)"
 1424 msgstr ""
 1425 
 1426 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1427 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1068 sssd.conf.5.xml:1410
 1428 msgid ""
 1429 "Specifies time in seconds for which the list of subdomains will be "
 1430 "considered valid."
 1431 msgstr ""
 1432 
 1433 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1434 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1077
 1435 msgid "memcache_timeout (integer)"
 1436 msgstr ""
 1437 
 1438 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1439 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1080
 1440 msgid ""
 1441 "Specifies time in seconds for which records in the in-memory cache will be "
 1442 "valid. Setting this option to zero will disable the in-memory cache."
 1443 msgstr ""
 1444 
 1445 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1446 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1088
 1447 msgid ""
 1448 "WARNING: Disabling the in-memory cache will have significant negative impact "
 1449 "on SSSD's performance and should only be used for testing."
 1450 msgstr ""
 1451 
 1452 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1453 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1094 sssd.conf.5.xml:1119 sssd.conf.5.xml:1144
 1454 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1169
 1455 msgid ""
 1456 "NOTE: If the environment variable SSS_NSS_USE_MEMCACHE is set to \"NO\", "
 1457 "client applications will not use the fast in-memory cache."
 1458 msgstr ""
 1459 
 1460 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1461 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1102
 1462 msgid "memcache_size_passwd (integer)"
 1463 msgstr ""
 1464 
 1465 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1466 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1105
 1467 msgid ""
 1468 "Size (in megabytes) of the data table allocated inside fast in-memory cache "
 1469 "for passwd requests.  Setting the size to 0 will disable the passwd in-"
 1470 "memory cache."
 1471 msgstr ""
 1472 
 1473 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1474 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1111 sssd.conf.5.xml:2623 sssd-ldap.5.xml:513
 1475 msgid "Default: 8"
 1476 msgstr ""
 1477 
 1478 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1479 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1114 sssd.conf.5.xml:1139 sssd.conf.5.xml:1164
 1480 msgid ""
 1481 "WARNING: Disabled or too small in-memory cache can have significant negative "
 1482 "impact on SSSD's performance."
 1483 msgstr ""
 1484 
 1485 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1486 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1127
 1487 msgid "memcache_size_group (integer)"
 1488 msgstr ""
 1489 
 1490 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1491 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1130
 1492 msgid ""
 1493 "Size (in megabytes) of the data table allocated inside fast in-memory cache "
 1494 "for group requests.  Setting the size to 0 will disable the group in-memory "
 1495 "cache."
 1496 msgstr ""
 1497 
 1498 #. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1499 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1136 sssd.conf.5.xml:3340 sssd-ldap.5.xml:453
 1500 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:495 sssd-krb5.5.xml:248 include/failover.xml:116
 1501 msgid "Default: 6"
 1502 msgstr ""
 1503 
 1504 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1505 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1152
 1506 msgid "memcache_size_initgroups (integer)"
 1507 msgstr ""
 1508 
 1509 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1510 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1155
 1511 msgid ""
 1512 "Size (in megabytes) of the data table allocated inside fast in-memory cache "
 1513 "for initgroups requests.  Setting the size to 0 will disable the initgroups "
 1514 "in-memory cache."
 1515 msgstr ""
 1516 
 1517 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1518 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1177 sssd-ifp.5.xml:74
 1519 msgid "user_attributes (string)"
 1520 msgstr ""
 1521 
 1522 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1523 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1180
 1524 msgid ""
 1525 "Some of the additional NSS responder requests can return more attributes "
 1526 "than just the POSIX ones defined by the NSS interface. The list of "
 1527 "attributes is controlled by this option. It is handled the same way as the "
 1528 "<quote>user_attributes</quote> option of the InfoPipe responder (see "
 1529 "<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-ifp</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</"
 1530 "manvolnum> </citerefentry> for details) but with no default values."
 1531 msgstr ""
 1532 
 1533 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1534 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1193
 1535 msgid ""
 1536 "To make configuration more easy the NSS responder will check the InfoPipe "
 1537 "option if it is not set for the NSS responder."
 1538 msgstr ""
 1539 
 1540 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1541 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1198
 1542 msgid "Default: not set, fallback to InfoPipe option"
 1543 msgstr ""
 1544 
 1545 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1546 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1203
 1547 msgid "pwfield (string)"
 1548 msgstr ""
 1549 
 1550 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1551 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1206
 1552 msgid ""
 1553 "The value that NSS operations that return users or groups will return for "
 1554 "the <quote>password</quote> field."
 1555 msgstr ""
 1556 
 1557 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1558 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1211
 1559 msgid "Default: <quote>*</quote>"
 1560 msgstr ""
 1561 
 1562 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1563 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1214
 1564 msgid ""
 1565 "Note: This option can also be set per-domain which overwrites the value in "
 1566 "[nss] section."
 1567 msgstr ""
 1568 
 1569 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1570 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1218
 1571 msgid ""
 1572 "Default: <quote>not set</quote> (remote domains), <quote>x</quote> (the "
 1573 "files domain), <quote>x</quote> (proxy domain with nss_files and sssd-"
 1574 "shadowutils target)"
 1575 msgstr ""
 1576 
 1577 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
 1578 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1228
 1579 msgid "PAM configuration options"
 1580 msgstr ""
 1581 
 1582 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
 1583 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1230
 1584 msgid ""
 1585 "These options can be used to configure the Pluggable Authentication Module "
 1586 "(PAM) service."
 1587 msgstr ""
 1588 
 1589 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1590 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1235
 1591 msgid "offline_credentials_expiration (integer)"
 1592 msgstr ""
 1593 
 1594 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1595 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1238
 1596 msgid ""
 1597 "If the authentication provider is offline, how long should we allow cached "
 1598 "logins (in days since the last successful online login)."
 1599 msgstr ""
 1600 
 1601 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1602 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1243 sssd.conf.5.xml:1256
 1603 msgid "Default: 0 (No limit)"
 1604 msgstr ""
 1605 
 1606 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1607 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1249
 1608 msgid "offline_failed_login_attempts (integer)"
 1609 msgstr ""
 1610 
 1611 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1612 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1252
 1613 msgid ""
 1614 "If the authentication provider is offline, how many failed login attempts "
 1615 "are allowed."
 1616 msgstr ""
 1617 
 1618 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1619 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1262
 1620 msgid "offline_failed_login_delay (integer)"
 1621 msgstr ""
 1622 
 1623 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1624 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1265
 1625 msgid ""
 1626 "The time in minutes which has to pass after offline_failed_login_attempts "
 1627 "has been reached before a new login attempt is possible."
 1628 msgstr ""
 1629 
 1630 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1631 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1270
 1632 msgid ""
 1633 "If set to 0 the user cannot authenticate offline if "
 1634 "offline_failed_login_attempts has been reached. Only a successful online "
 1635 "authentication can enable offline authentication again."
 1636 msgstr ""
 1637 
 1638 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1639 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1276 sssd.conf.5.xml:1374
 1640 msgid "Default: 5"
 1641 msgstr ""
 1642 
 1643 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1644 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1282
 1645 msgid "pam_verbosity (integer)"
 1646 msgstr ""
 1647 
 1648 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1649 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1285
 1650 msgid ""
 1651 "Controls what kind of messages are shown to the user during authentication. "
 1652 "The higher the number to more messages are displayed."
 1653 msgstr ""
 1654 
 1655 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1656 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1290
 1657 msgid "Currently sssd supports the following values:"
 1658 msgstr ""
 1659 
 1660 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1661 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1293
 1662 msgid "<emphasis>0</emphasis>: do not show any message"
 1663 msgstr ""
 1664 
 1665 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1666 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1296
 1667 msgid "<emphasis>1</emphasis>: show only important messages"
 1668 msgstr ""
 1669 
 1670 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1671 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1300
 1672 msgid "<emphasis>2</emphasis>: show informational messages"
 1673 msgstr ""
 1674 
 1675 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1676 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1303
 1677 msgid "<emphasis>3</emphasis>: show all messages and debug information"
 1678 msgstr ""
 1679 
 1680 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1681 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1307 sssd.8.xml:63
 1682 msgid "Default: 1"
 1683 msgstr ""
 1684 
 1685 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1686 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1313
 1687 msgid "pam_response_filter (string)"
 1688 msgstr ""
 1689 
 1690 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1691 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1316
 1692 msgid ""
 1693 "A comma separated list of strings which allows to remove (filter) data sent "
 1694 "by the PAM responder to pam_sss PAM module. There are different kind of "
 1695 "responses sent to pam_sss e.g. messages displayed to the user or environment "
 1696 "variables which should be set by pam_sss."
 1697 msgstr ""
 1698 
 1699 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1700 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1324
 1701 msgid ""
 1702 "While messages already can be controlled with the help of the pam_verbosity "
 1703 "option this option allows to filter out other kind of responses as well."
 1704 msgstr ""
 1705 
 1706 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1707 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1331
 1708 msgid "ENV"
 1709 msgstr ""
 1710 
 1711 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1712 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1332
 1713 msgid "Do not send any environment variables to any service."
 1714 msgstr ""
 1715 
 1716 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1717 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1335
 1718 msgid "ENV:var_name"
 1719 msgstr ""
 1720 
 1721 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1722 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1336
 1723 msgid "Do not send environment variable var_name to any service."
 1724 msgstr ""
 1725 
 1726 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1727 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1340
 1728 msgid "ENV:var_name:service"
 1729 msgstr ""
 1730 
 1731 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1732 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1341
 1733 msgid "Do not send environment variable var_name to service."
 1734 msgstr ""
 1735 
 1736 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1737 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1329
 1738 msgid ""
 1739 "Currently the following filters are supported: <placeholder type="
 1740 "\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/>"
 1741 msgstr ""
 1742 
 1743 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1744 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1351
 1745 msgid "Example: ENV:KRB5CCNAME:sudo-i"
 1746 msgstr ""
 1747 
 1748 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1749 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1357
 1750 msgid "pam_id_timeout (integer)"
 1751 msgstr ""
 1752 
 1753 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1754 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1360
 1755 msgid ""
 1756 "For any PAM request while SSSD is online, the SSSD will attempt to "
 1757 "immediately update the cached identity information for the user in order to "
 1758 "ensure that authentication takes place with the latest information."
 1759 msgstr ""
 1760 
 1761 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1762 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1366
 1763 msgid ""
 1764 "A complete PAM conversation may perform multiple PAM requests, such as "
 1765 "account management and session opening. This option controls (on a per-"
 1766 "client-application basis) how long (in seconds) we can cache the identity "
 1767 "information to avoid excessive round-trips to the identity provider."
 1768 msgstr ""
 1769 
 1770 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1771 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1380
 1772 msgid "pam_pwd_expiration_warning (integer)"
 1773 msgstr ""
 1774 
 1775 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1776 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1383 sssd.conf.5.xml:2647
 1777 msgid "Display a warning N days before the password expires."
 1778 msgstr ""
 1779 
 1780 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1781 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1386
 1782 msgid ""
 1783 "Please note that the backend server has to provide information about the "
 1784 "expiration time of the password.  If this information is missing, sssd "
 1785 "cannot display a warning."
 1786 msgstr ""
 1787 
 1788 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1789 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1392 sssd.conf.5.xml:2650
 1790 msgid ""
 1791 "If zero is set, then this filter is not applied, i.e. if the expiration "
 1792 "warning was received from backend server, it will automatically be displayed."
 1793 msgstr ""
 1794 
 1795 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1796 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1397
 1797 msgid ""
 1798 "This setting can be overridden by setting <emphasis>pwd_expiration_warning</"
 1799 "emphasis> for a particular domain."
 1800 msgstr ""
 1801 
 1802 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1803 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1402 sssd.conf.5.xml:3534 sssd-ldap.5.xml:549 sssd.8.xml:79
 1804 msgid "Default: 0"
 1805 msgstr ""
 1806 
 1807 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1808 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1419
 1809 msgid "pam_trusted_users (string)"
 1810 msgstr ""
 1811 
 1812 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1813 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1422
 1814 msgid ""
 1815 "Specifies the comma-separated list of UID values or user names that are "
 1816 "allowed to run PAM conversations against trusted domains.  Users not "
 1817 "included in this list can only access domains marked as public with "
 1818 "<quote>pam_public_domains</quote>.  User names are resolved to UIDs at "
 1819 "startup."
 1820 msgstr ""
 1821 
 1822 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1823 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1432
 1824 msgid "Default: All users are considered trusted by default"
 1825 msgstr ""
 1826 
 1827 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1828 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1436
 1829 msgid ""
 1830 "Please note that UID 0 is always allowed to access the PAM responder even in "
 1831 "case it is not in the pam_trusted_users list."
 1832 msgstr ""
 1833 
 1834 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1835 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1443
 1836 msgid "pam_public_domains (string)"
 1837 msgstr ""
 1838 
 1839 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1840 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1446
 1841 msgid ""
 1842 "Specifies the comma-separated list of domain names that are accessible even "
 1843 "to untrusted users."
 1844 msgstr ""
 1845 
 1846 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1847 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1450
 1848 msgid "Two special values for pam_public_domains option are defined:"
 1849 msgstr ""
 1850 
 1851 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1852 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1454
 1853 msgid ""
 1854 "all (Untrusted users are allowed to access all domains in PAM responder.)"
 1855 msgstr ""
 1856 
 1857 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1858 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1458
 1859 msgid ""
 1860 "none (Untrusted users are not allowed to access any domains PAM in "
 1861 "responder.)"
 1862 msgstr ""
 1863 
 1864 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1865 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1462 sssd.conf.5.xml:1487 sssd.conf.5.xml:1506
 1866 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1684 sssd.conf.5.xml:2396 sssd.conf.5.xml:3463
 1867 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1091
 1868 msgid "Default: none"
 1869 msgstr ""
 1870 
 1871 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1872 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1467
 1873 msgid "pam_account_expired_message (string)"
 1874 msgstr ""
 1875 
 1876 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1877 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1470
 1878 msgid ""
 1879 "Allows a custom expiration message to be set, replacing the default "
 1880 "'Permission denied' message."
 1881 msgstr ""
 1882 
 1883 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1884 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1475
 1885 msgid ""
 1886 "Note: Please be aware that message is only printed for the SSH service "
 1887 "unless pam_verbosity is set to 3 (show all messages and debug information)."
 1888 msgstr ""
 1889 
 1890 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><programlisting>
 1891 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1483
 1892 #, no-wrap
 1893 msgid ""
 1894 "pam_account_expired_message = Account expired, please contact help desk.\n"
 1895 "                            "
 1896 msgstr ""
 1897 
 1898 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1899 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1492
 1900 msgid "pam_account_locked_message (string)"
 1901 msgstr ""
 1902 
 1903 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1904 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1495
 1905 msgid ""
 1906 "Allows a custom lockout message to be set, replacing the default 'Permission "
 1907 "denied' message."
 1908 msgstr ""
 1909 
 1910 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><programlisting>
 1911 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1502
 1912 #, no-wrap
 1913 msgid ""
 1914 "pam_account_locked_message = Account locked, please contact help desk.\n"
 1915 "                            "
 1916 msgstr ""
 1917 
 1918 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1919 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1511
 1920 msgid "pam_cert_auth (bool)"
 1921 msgstr ""
 1922 
 1923 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1924 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1514
 1925 msgid ""
 1926 "Enable certificate based Smartcard authentication.  Since this requires "
 1927 "additional communication with the Smartcard which will delay the "
 1928 "authentication process this option is disabled by default."
 1929 msgstr ""
 1930 
 1931 #. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><refsect3><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1932 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1520 sssd-ldap.5.xml:590 sssd-ldap.5.xml:611
 1933 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1169 sssd-ad.5.xml:482 sssd-ad.5.xml:558 sssd-ad.5.xml:1103
 1934 #: sssd-ad.5.xml:1152 include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:244
 1935 msgid "Default: False"
 1936 msgstr ""
 1937 
 1938 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1939 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1525
 1940 msgid "pam_cert_db_path (string)"
 1941 msgstr ""
 1942 
 1943 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1944 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1528
 1945 msgid "The path to the certificate database."
 1946 msgstr ""
 1947 
 1948 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1949 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1531 sssd.conf.5.xml:2016 sssd.conf.5.xml:3990
 1950 msgid "Default:"
 1951 msgstr ""
 1952 
 1953 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 1954 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1533 sssd.conf.5.xml:2018
 1955 msgid ""
 1956 "/etc/sssd/pki/sssd_auth_ca_db.pem (path to a file with trusted CA "
 1957 "certificates in PEM format)"
 1958 msgstr ""
 1959 
 1960 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1961 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1543
 1962 msgid "p11_child_timeout (integer)"
 1963 msgstr ""
 1964 
 1965 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1966 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1546
 1967 msgid "How many seconds will pam_sss wait for p11_child to finish."
 1968 msgstr ""
 1969 
 1970 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1971 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1555
 1972 msgid "pam_app_services (string)"
 1973 msgstr ""
 1974 
 1975 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1976 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1558
 1977 msgid ""
 1978 "Which PAM services are permitted to contact domains of type "
 1979 "<quote>application</quote>"
 1980 msgstr ""
 1981 
 1982 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1983 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1567
 1984 msgid "pam_p11_allowed_services (integer)"
 1985 msgstr ""
 1986 
 1987 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1988 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1570
 1989 msgid ""
 1990 "A comma-separated list of PAM service names for which it will be allowed to "
 1991 "use Smartcards."
 1992 msgstr ""
 1993 
 1994 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><programlisting>
 1995 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1585
 1996 #, no-wrap
 1997 msgid ""
 1998 "pam_p11_allowed_services = +my_pam_service, -login\n"
 1999 "                            "
 2000 msgstr ""
 2001 
 2002 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2003 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1574
 2004 msgid ""
 2005 "It is possible to add another PAM service name to the default set by using "
 2006 "<quote>+service_name</quote> or to explicitly remove a PAM service name from "
 2007 "the default set by using <quote>-service_name</quote>. For example, in order "
 2008 "to replace a default PAM service name for authentication with Smartcards (e."
 2009 "g. <quote>login</quote>) with a custom PAM service name (e.g. "
 2010 "<quote>my_pam_service</quote>), you would use the following configuration: "
 2011 "<placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/>"
 2012 msgstr ""
 2013 
 2014 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2015 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1589 sssd-ad.5.xml:621 sssd-ad.5.xml:730 sssd-ad.5.xml:788
 2016 #: sssd-ad.5.xml:846 sssd-ad.5.xml:924
 2017 msgid "Default: the default set of PAM service names includes:"
 2018 msgstr ""
 2019 
 2020 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 2021 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1594 sssd-ad.5.xml:625
 2022 msgid "login"
 2023 msgstr ""
 2024 
 2025 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 2026 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1599 sssd-ad.5.xml:630
 2027 msgid "su"
 2028 msgstr ""
 2029 
 2030 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 2031 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1604 sssd-ad.5.xml:635
 2032 msgid "su-l"
 2033 msgstr ""
 2034 
 2035 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 2036 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1609 sssd-ad.5.xml:650
 2037 msgid "gdm-smartcard"
 2038 msgstr ""
 2039 
 2040 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 2041 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1614 sssd-ad.5.xml:645
 2042 msgid "gdm-password"
 2043 msgstr ""
 2044 
 2045 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 2046 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1619 sssd-ad.5.xml:655
 2047 msgid "kdm"
 2048 msgstr ""
 2049 
 2050 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 2051 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1624 sssd-ad.5.xml:933
 2052 msgid "sudo"
 2053 msgstr ""
 2054 
 2055 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 2056 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1629 sssd-ad.5.xml:938
 2057 msgid "sudo-i"
 2058 msgstr ""
 2059 
 2060 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 2061 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1634
 2062 msgid "gnome-screensaver"
 2063 msgstr ""
 2064 
 2065 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2066 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1642
 2067 msgid "p11_wait_for_card_timeout (integer)"
 2068 msgstr ""
 2069 
 2070 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2071 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1645
 2072 msgid ""
 2073 "If Smartcard authentication is required how many extra seconds in addition "
 2074 "to p11_child_timeout should the PAM responder wait until a Smartcard is "
 2075 "inserted."
 2076 msgstr ""
 2077 
 2078 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2079 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1656
 2080 msgid "p11_uri (string)"
 2081 msgstr ""
 2082 
 2083 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2084 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1659
 2085 msgid ""
 2086 "PKCS#11 URI (see RFC-7512 for details) which can be used to restrict the "
 2087 "selection of devices used for Smartcard authentication. By default SSSD's "
 2088 "p11_child will search for a PKCS#11 slot (reader)  where the 'removable' "
 2089 "flags is set and read the certificates from the inserted token from the "
 2090 "first slot found. If multiple readers are connected p11_uri can be used to "
 2091 "tell p11_child to use a specific reader."
 2092 msgstr ""
 2093 
 2094 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><programlisting>
 2095 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1672
 2096 #, no-wrap
 2097 msgid ""
 2098 "p11_uri = slot-description=My%20Smartcard%20Reader\n"
 2099 "                            "
 2100 msgstr ""
 2101 
 2102 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><programlisting>
 2103 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1676
 2104 #, no-wrap
 2105 msgid ""
 2106 "p11_uri = library-description=OpenSC%20smartcard%20framework;slot-id=2\n"
 2107 "                            "
 2108 msgstr ""
 2109 
 2110 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2111 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1670
 2112 msgid ""
 2113 "Example: <placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/> or <placeholder "
 2114 "type=\"programlisting\" id=\"1\"/> To find suitable URI please check the "
 2115 "debug output of p11_child. As an alternative the GnuTLS utility 'p11tool' "
 2116 "with e.g. the '--list-all' will show PKCS#11 URIs as well."
 2117 msgstr ""
 2118 
 2119 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2120 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1689
 2121 msgid "pam_initgroups_scheme"
 2122 msgstr ""
 2123 
 2124 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2125 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1697
 2126 msgid "always"
 2127 msgstr ""
 2128 
 2129 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2130 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1698
 2131 msgid ""
 2132 "Always do an online lookup, please note that pam_id_timeout still applies"
 2133 msgstr ""
 2134 
 2135 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2136 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1702
 2137 msgid "no_session"
 2138 msgstr ""
 2139 
 2140 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2141 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1703
 2142 msgid ""
 2143 "Only do an online lookup if there is no active session of the user, i.e. if "
 2144 "the user is currently not logged in"
 2145 msgstr ""
 2146 
 2147 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2148 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1708
 2149 msgid "never"
 2150 msgstr ""
 2151 
 2152 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2153 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1709
 2154 msgid ""
 2155 "Never force an online lookup, use the data from the cache as long as they "
 2156 "are not expired"
 2157 msgstr ""
 2158 
 2159 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2160 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1692
 2161 msgid ""
 2162 "The PAM responder can force an online lookup to get the current group "
 2163 "memberships of the user trying to log in. This option controls when this "
 2164 "should be done and the following values are allowed: <placeholder type="
 2165 "\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/>"
 2166 msgstr ""
 2167 
 2168 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2169 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1716
 2170 msgid "Default: no_session"
 2171 msgstr ""
 2172 
 2173 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 2174 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1721 sssd.conf.5.xml:3929
 2175 msgid "pam_gssapi_services"
 2176 msgstr ""
 2177 
 2178 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2179 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1724
 2180 msgid ""
 2181 "Comma separated list of PAM services that are allowed to try GSSAPI "
 2182 "authentication using pam_sss_gss.so module."
 2183 msgstr ""
 2184 
 2185 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2186 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1729
 2187 msgid ""
 2188 "To disable GSSAPI authentication, set this option to <quote>-</quote> (dash)."
 2189 msgstr ""
 2190 
 2191 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2192 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1733 sssd.conf.5.xml:1764 sssd.conf.5.xml:1802
 2193 msgid ""
 2194 "Note: This option can also be set per-domain which overwrites the value in "
 2195 "[pam] section. It can also be set for trusted domain which overwrites the "
 2196 "value in the domain section."
 2197 msgstr ""
 2198 
 2199 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><programlisting>
 2200 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1741
 2201 #, no-wrap
 2202 msgid ""
 2203 "pam_gssapi_services = sudo, sudo-i\n"
 2204 "                            "
 2205 msgstr ""
 2206 
 2207 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2208 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1739 sssd.conf.5.xml:3457 sssd-secrets.5.xml:448
 2209 msgid "Example: <placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/>"
 2210 msgstr ""
 2211 
 2212 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2213 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1745
 2214 msgid "Default: - (GSSAPI authentication is disabled)"
 2215 msgstr ""
 2216 
 2217 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 2218 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1750 sssd.conf.5.xml:3930
 2219 msgid "pam_gssapi_check_upn"
 2220 msgstr ""
 2221 
 2222 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2223 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1753
 2224 msgid ""
 2225 "If True, SSSD will require that the Kerberos user principal that "
 2226 "successfully authenticated through GSSAPI can be associated with the user "
 2227 "who is being authenticated. Authentication will fail if the check fails."
 2228 msgstr ""
 2229 
 2230 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2231 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1760
 2232 msgid ""
 2233 "If False, every user that is able to obtained required service ticket will "
 2234 "be authenticated."
 2235 msgstr ""
 2236 
 2237 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2238 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1770 sssd-ad.5.xml:1243 sss_rpcidmapd.5.xml:76
 2239 msgid "Default: True"
 2240 msgstr ""
 2241 
 2242 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2243 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1775
 2244 msgid "pam_gssapi_indicators_map"
 2245 msgstr ""
 2246 
 2247 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2248 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1778
 2249 msgid ""
 2250 "Comma separated list of authentication indicators required to be present in "
 2251 "a Kerberos ticket to access a PAM service that is allowed to try GSSAPI "
 2252 "authentication using pam_sss_gss.so module."
 2253 msgstr ""
 2254 
 2255 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2256 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1784
 2257 msgid ""
 2258 "Each element of the list can be either an authentication indicator name or a "
 2259 "pair <quote>service:indicator</quote>. Indicators not prefixed with the PAM "
 2260 "service name will be required to access any PAM service configured to be "
 2261 "used with <option>pam_gssapi_services</option>. A resulting list of "
 2262 "indicators per PAM service is then checked against indicators in the "
 2263 "Kerberos ticket during authentication by pam_sss_gss.so. Any indicator from "
 2264 "the ticket that matches the resulting list of indicators for the PAM service "
 2265 "would grant access. If none of the indicators in the list match, access will "
 2266 "be denied. If the resulting list of indicators for the PAM service is empty, "
 2267 "the check will not prevent the access."
 2268 msgstr ""
 2269 
 2270 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2271 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1797
 2272 msgid ""
 2273 "To disable GSSAPI authentication indicator check, set this option to <quote>-"
 2274 "</quote> (dash). To disable the check for a specific PAM service, add "
 2275 "<quote>service:-</quote>."
 2276 msgstr ""
 2277 
 2278 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2279 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1808
 2280 msgid ""
 2281 "Following authentication indicators are supported by IPA Kerberos "
 2282 "deployments:"
 2283 msgstr ""
 2284 
 2285 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 2286 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1811
 2287 msgid ""
 2288 "pkinit -- pre-authentication using X.509 certificates -- whether stored in "
 2289 "files or on smart cards."
 2290 msgstr ""
 2291 
 2292 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 2293 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1814
 2294 msgid ""
 2295 "hardened -- SPAKE pre-authentication or any pre-authentication wrapped in a "
 2296 "FAST channel."
 2297 msgstr ""
 2298 
 2299 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 2300 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1817
 2301 msgid "radius -- pre-authentication with the help of a RADIUS server."
 2302 msgstr ""
 2303 
 2304 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 2305 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1820
 2306 msgid ""
 2307 "otp -- pre-authentication using integrated two-factor authentication (2FA or "
 2308 "one-time password, OTP) in IPA."
 2309 msgstr ""
 2310 
 2311 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><programlisting>
 2312 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1830
 2313 #, no-wrap
 2314 msgid ""
 2315 "pam_gssapi_indicators_map = sudo:pkinit, sudo-i:pkinit\n"
 2316 "                            "
 2317 msgstr ""
 2318 
 2319 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2320 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1825
 2321 msgid ""
 2322 "Example: to require access to SUDO services only for users which obtained "
 2323 "their Kerberos tickets with a X.509 certificate pre-authentication (PKINIT), "
 2324 "set <placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/>"
 2325 msgstr ""
 2326 
 2327 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2328 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1834
 2329 msgid "Default: not set (use of authentication indicators is not required)"
 2330 msgstr ""
 2331 
 2332 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
 2333 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1842
 2334 msgid "SUDO configuration options"
 2335 msgstr ""
 2336 
 2337 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
 2338 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1844
 2339 msgid ""
 2340 "These options can be used to configure the sudo service.  The detailed "
 2341 "instructions for configuration of <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sudo</"
 2342 "refentrytitle> <manvolnum>8</manvolnum> </citerefentry> to work with "
 2343 "<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>8</manvolnum> "
 2344 "</citerefentry> are in the manual page <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-"
 2345 "sudo</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry>."
 2346 msgstr ""
 2347 
 2348 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2349 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1861
 2350 msgid "sudo_timed (bool)"
 2351 msgstr ""
 2352 
 2353 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2354 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1864
 2355 msgid ""
 2356 "Whether or not to evaluate the sudoNotBefore and sudoNotAfter attributes "
 2357 "that implement time-dependent sudoers entries."
 2358 msgstr ""
 2359 
 2360 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2361 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1876
 2362 msgid "sudo_threshold (integer)"
 2363 msgstr ""
 2364 
 2365 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2366 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1879
 2367 msgid ""
 2368 "Maximum number of expired rules that can be refreshed at once. If number of "
 2369 "expired rules is below threshold, those rules are refreshed with "
 2370 "<quote>rules refresh</quote> mechanism. If the threshold is exceeded a "
 2371 "<quote>full refresh</quote> of sudo rules is triggered instead. This "
 2372 "threshold number also applies to IPA sudo command and command group searches."
 2373 msgstr ""
 2374 
 2375 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
 2376 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1898
 2377 msgid "AUTOFS configuration options"
 2378 msgstr ""
 2379 
 2380 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
 2381 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1900
 2382 msgid "These options can be used to configure the autofs service."
 2383 msgstr ""
 2384 
 2385 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2386 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1904
 2387 msgid "autofs_negative_timeout (integer)"
 2388 msgstr ""
 2389 
 2390 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2391 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1907
 2392 msgid ""
 2393 "Specifies for how many seconds should the autofs responder negative cache "
 2394 "hits (that is, queries for invalid map entries, like nonexistent ones) "
 2395 "before asking the back end again."
 2396 msgstr ""
 2397 
 2398 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
 2399 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1923
 2400 msgid "SSH configuration options"
 2401 msgstr ""
 2402 
 2403 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
 2404 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1925
 2405 msgid "These options can be used to configure the SSH service."
 2406 msgstr ""
 2407 
 2408 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2409 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1929
 2410 msgid "ssh_hash_known_hosts (bool)"
 2411 msgstr ""
 2412 
 2413 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2414 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1932
 2415 msgid ""
 2416 "Whether or not to hash host names and addresses in the managed known_hosts "
 2417 "file."
 2418 msgstr ""
 2419 
 2420 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2421 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1941
 2422 msgid "ssh_known_hosts_timeout (integer)"
 2423 msgstr ""
 2424 
 2425 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2426 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1944
 2427 msgid ""
 2428 "How many seconds to keep a host in the managed known_hosts file after its "
 2429 "host keys were requested."
 2430 msgstr ""
 2431 
 2432 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2433 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1948
 2434 msgid "Default: 180"
 2435 msgstr ""
 2436 
 2437 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2438 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1953
 2439 msgid "ssh_use_certificate_keys (bool)"
 2440 msgstr ""
 2441 
 2442 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2443 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1956
 2444 msgid ""
 2445 "If set to true the <command>sss_ssh_authorizedkeys</command> will return ssh "
 2446 "keys derived from the public key of X.509 certificates stored in the user "
 2447 "entry as well. See <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sss_ssh_authorizedkeys</"
 2448 "refentrytitle> <manvolnum>1</manvolnum> </citerefentry> for details."
 2449 msgstr ""
 2450 
 2451 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2452 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1971
 2453 msgid "ssh_use_certificate_matching_rules (string)"
 2454 msgstr ""
 2455 
 2456 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2457 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1974
 2458 msgid ""
 2459 "By default the ssh responder will use all available certificate matching "
 2460 "rules to filter the certificates so that ssh keys are only derived from the "
 2461 "matching ones. With this option the used rules can be restricted with a "
 2462 "comma separated list of mapping and matching rule names. All other rules "
 2463 "will be ignored."
 2464 msgstr ""
 2465 
 2466 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2467 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1983
 2468 msgid ""
 2469 "There are two special key words 'all_rules' and 'no_rules' which will enable "
 2470 "all or no rules, respectively. The latter means that no certificates will be "
 2471 "filtered out and ssh keys will be generated from all valid certificates."
 2472 msgstr ""
 2473 
 2474 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2475 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1990
 2476 msgid ""
 2477 "If no rules are configured using 'all_rules' will enable a default rule "
 2478 "which enables all certificates suitable for client authentication.  This is "
 2479 "the same behavior as for the PAM responder if certificate authentication is "
 2480 "enabled."
 2481 msgstr ""
 2482 
 2483 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2484 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1997
 2485 msgid ""
 2486 "A non-existing rule name is considered an error.  If as a result no rule is "
 2487 "selected all certificates will be ignored."
 2488 msgstr ""
 2489 
 2490 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2491 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2002
 2492 msgid ""
 2493 "Default: not set, equivalent to 'all_rules', all found rules or the default "
 2494 "rule are used"
 2495 msgstr ""
 2496 
 2497 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2498 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2008
 2499 msgid "ca_db (string)"
 2500 msgstr ""
 2501 
 2502 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2503 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2011
 2504 msgid ""
 2505 "Path to a storage of trusted CA certificates. The option is used to validate "
 2506 "user certificates before deriving public ssh keys from them."
 2507 msgstr ""
 2508 
 2509 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
 2510 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2031
 2511 msgid "PAC responder configuration options"
 2512 msgstr ""
 2513 
 2514 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
 2515 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2033
 2516 msgid ""
 2517 "The PAC responder works together with the authorization data plugin for MIT "
 2518 "Kerberos sssd_pac_plugin.so and a sub-domain provider. The plugin sends the "
 2519 "PAC data during a GSSAPI authentication to the PAC responder. The sub-domain "
 2520 "provider collects domain SID and ID ranges of the domain the client is "
 2521 "joined to and of remote trusted domains from the local domain controller. If "
 2522 "the PAC is decoded and evaluated some of the following operations are done:"
 2523 msgstr ""
 2524 
 2525 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 2526 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2042
 2527 msgid ""
 2528 "If the remote user does not exist in the cache, it is created. The UID is "
 2529 "determined with the help of the SID, trusted domains will have UPGs and the "
 2530 "GID will have the same value as the UID. The home directory is set based on "
 2531 "the subdomain_homedir parameter. The shell will be empty by default, i.e. "
 2532 "the system defaults are used, but can be overwritten with the default_shell "
 2533 "parameter."
 2534 msgstr ""
 2535 
 2536 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 2537 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2050
 2538 msgid ""
 2539 "If there are SIDs of groups from domains sssd knows about, the user will be "
 2540 "added to those groups."
 2541 msgstr ""
 2542 
 2543 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
 2544 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2056
 2545 msgid "These options can be used to configure the PAC responder."
 2546 msgstr ""
 2547 
 2548 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2549 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2060 sssd-ifp.5.xml:50
 2550 msgid "allowed_uids (string)"
 2551 msgstr ""
 2552 
 2553 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2554 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2063
 2555 msgid ""
 2556 "Specifies the comma-separated list of UID values or user names that are "
 2557 "allowed to access the PAC responder. User names are resolved to UIDs at "
 2558 "startup."
 2559 msgstr ""
 2560 
 2561 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2562 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2069
 2563 msgid "Default: 0 (only the root user is allowed to access the PAC responder)"
 2564 msgstr ""
 2565 
 2566 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2567 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2073
 2568 msgid ""
 2569 "Please note that although the UID 0 is used as the default it will be "
 2570 "overwritten with this option. If you still want to allow the root user to "
 2571 "access the PAC responder, which would be the typical case, you have to add 0 "
 2572 "to the list of allowed UIDs as well."
 2573 msgstr ""
 2574 
 2575 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2576 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2082
 2577 msgid "pac_lifetime (integer)"
 2578 msgstr ""
 2579 
 2580 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2581 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2085
 2582 msgid ""
 2583 "Lifetime of the PAC entry in seconds. As long as the PAC is valid the PAC "
 2584 "data can be used to determine the group memberships of a user."
 2585 msgstr ""
 2586 
 2587 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
 2588 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2098
 2589 msgid "Session recording configuration options"
 2590 msgstr ""
 2591 
 2592 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
 2593 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2100
 2594 msgid ""
 2595 "Session recording works in conjunction with <citerefentry> "
 2596 "<refentrytitle>tlog-rec-session</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>8</manvolnum> </"
 2597 "citerefentry>, a part of tlog package, to log what users see and type when "
 2598 "they log in on a text terminal.  See also <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-"
 2599 "session-recording</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry>."
 2600 msgstr ""
 2601 
 2602 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
 2603 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2113
 2604 msgid "These options can be used to configure session recording."
 2605 msgstr ""
 2606 
 2607 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2608 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2117 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:64
 2609 msgid "scope (string)"
 2610 msgstr ""
 2611 
 2612 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2613 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2124 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:71
 2614 msgid "\"none\""
 2615 msgstr ""
 2616 
 2617 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2618 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2127 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:74
 2619 msgid "No users are recorded."
 2620 msgstr ""
 2621 
 2622 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2623 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2132 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:79
 2624 msgid "\"some\""
 2625 msgstr ""
 2626 
 2627 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2628 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2135 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:82
 2629 msgid ""
 2630 "Users/groups specified by <replaceable>users</replaceable> and "
 2631 "<replaceable>groups</replaceable> options are recorded."
 2632 msgstr ""
 2633 
 2634 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2635 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2144 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:91
 2636 msgid "\"all\""
 2637 msgstr ""
 2638 
 2639 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2640 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2147 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:94
 2641 msgid "All users are recorded."
 2642 msgstr ""
 2643 
 2644 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2645 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2120 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:67
 2646 msgid ""
 2647 "One of the following strings specifying the scope of session recording: "
 2648 "<placeholder type=\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/>"
 2649 msgstr ""
 2650 
 2651 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2652 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2154 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:101
 2653 msgid "Default: \"none\""
 2654 msgstr ""
 2655 
 2656 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2657 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2159 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:106
 2658 msgid "users (string)"
 2659 msgstr ""
 2660 
 2661 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2662 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2162 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:109
 2663 msgid ""
 2664 "A comma-separated list of users which should have session recording enabled. "
 2665 "Matches user names as returned by NSS. I.e. after the possible space "
 2666 "replacement, case changes, etc."
 2667 msgstr ""
 2668 
 2669 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2670 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2168 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:115
 2671 msgid "Default: Empty. Matches no users."
 2672 msgstr ""
 2673 
 2674 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2675 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2173 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:120
 2676 msgid "groups (string)"
 2677 msgstr ""
 2678 
 2679 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2680 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2176 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:123
 2681 msgid ""
 2682 "A comma-separated list of groups, members of which should have session "
 2683 "recording enabled. Matches group names as returned by NSS. I.e. after the "
 2684 "possible space replacement, case changes, etc."
 2685 msgstr ""
 2686 
 2687 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2688 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2182 sssd.conf.5.xml:2214 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:129
 2689 #: sssd-session-recording.5.xml:161
 2690 msgid ""
 2691 "NOTE: using this option (having it set to anything) has a considerable "
 2692 "performance cost, because each uncached request for a user requires "
 2693 "retrieving and matching the groups the user is member of."
 2694 msgstr ""
 2695 
 2696 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2697 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2189 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:136
 2698 msgid "Default: Empty. Matches no groups."
 2699 msgstr ""
 2700 
 2701 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2702 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2194 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:141
 2703 msgid "exclude_users (string)"
 2704 msgstr ""
 2705 
 2706 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2707 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2197 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:144
 2708 msgid ""
 2709 "A comma-separated list of users to be excluded from recording, only "
 2710 "applicable with 'scope=all'."
 2711 msgstr ""
 2712 
 2713 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2714 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2201 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:148
 2715 msgid "Default: Empty. No users excluded."
 2716 msgstr ""
 2717 
 2718 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2719 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2206 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:153
 2720 msgid "exclude_groups (string)"
 2721 msgstr ""
 2722 
 2723 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2724 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2209 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:156
 2725 msgid ""
 2726 "A comma-separated list of groups, members of which should be excluded from "
 2727 "recording. Only applicable with 'scope=all'."
 2728 msgstr ""
 2729 
 2730 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2731 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2221 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:168
 2732 msgid "Default: Empty. No groups excluded."
 2733 msgstr ""
 2734 
 2735 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
 2736 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2231
 2737 msgid "DOMAIN SECTIONS"
 2738 msgstr ""
 2739 
 2740 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2741 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2238
 2742 msgid "enabled"
 2743 msgstr ""
 2744 
 2745 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2746 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2241
 2747 msgid ""
 2748 "Explicitly enable or disable the domain. If <quote>true</quote>, the domain "
 2749 "is always <quote>enabled</quote>. If <quote>false</quote>, the domain is "
 2750 "always <quote>disabled</quote>. If this option is not set, the domain is "
 2751 "enabled only if it is listed in the domains option in the <quote>[sssd]</"
 2752 "quote> section."
 2753 msgstr ""
 2754 
 2755 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2756 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2253
 2757 msgid "domain_type (string)"
 2758 msgstr ""
 2759 
 2760 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2761 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2256
 2762 msgid ""
 2763 "Specifies whether the domain is meant to be used by POSIX-aware clients such "
 2764 "as the Name Service Switch or by applications that do not need POSIX data to "
 2765 "be present or generated. Only objects from POSIX domains are available to "
 2766 "the operating system interfaces and utilities."
 2767 msgstr ""
 2768 
 2769 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2770 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2264
 2771 msgid ""
 2772 "Allowed values for this option are <quote>posix</quote> and "
 2773 "<quote>application</quote>."
 2774 msgstr ""
 2775 
 2776 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2777 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2268
 2778 msgid ""
 2779 "POSIX domains are reachable by all services. Application domains are only "
 2780 "reachable from the InfoPipe responder (see <citerefentry> "
 2781 "<refentrytitle>sssd-ifp</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </"
 2782 "citerefentry>) and the PAM responder."
 2783 msgstr ""
 2784 
 2785 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2786 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2276
 2787 msgid ""
 2788 "NOTE: The application domains are currently well tested with "
 2789 "<quote>id_provider=ldap</quote> only."
 2790 msgstr ""
 2791 
 2792 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2793 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2280
 2794 msgid ""
 2795 "For an easy way to configure a non-POSIX domains, please see the "
 2796 "<quote>Application domains</quote> section."
 2797 msgstr ""
 2798 
 2799 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2800 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2284
 2801 msgid "Default: posix"
 2802 msgstr ""
 2803 
 2804 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2805 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2290
 2806 msgid "min_id,max_id (integer)"
 2807 msgstr ""
 2808 
 2809 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2810 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2293
 2811 msgid ""
 2812 "UID and GID limits for the domain. If a domain contains an entry that is "
 2813 "outside these limits, it is ignored."
 2814 msgstr ""
 2815 
 2816 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2817 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2298
 2818 msgid ""
 2819 "For users, this affects the primary GID limit. The user will not be returned "
 2820 "to NSS if either the UID or the primary GID is outside the range. For non-"
 2821 "primary group memberships, those that are in range will be reported as "
 2822 "expected."
 2823 msgstr ""
 2824 
 2825 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2826 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2305
 2827 msgid ""
 2828 "These ID limits affect even saving entries to cache, not only returning them "
 2829 "by name or ID."
 2830 msgstr ""
 2831 
 2832 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2833 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2309
 2834 msgid "Default: 1 for min_id, 0 (no limit) for max_id"
 2835 msgstr ""
 2836 
 2837 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2838 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2315
 2839 msgid "enumerate (bool)"
 2840 msgstr ""
 2841 
 2842 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2843 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2318
 2844 msgid ""
 2845 "Determines if a domain can be enumerated, that is, whether the domain can "
 2846 "list all the users and group it contains. Note that it is not required to "
 2847 "enable enumeration in order for secondary groups to be displayed. This "
 2848 "parameter can have one of the following values:"
 2849 msgstr ""
 2850 
 2851 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2852 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2326
 2853 msgid "TRUE = Users and groups are enumerated"
 2854 msgstr ""
 2855 
 2856 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2857 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2329
 2858 msgid "FALSE = No enumerations for this domain"
 2859 msgstr ""
 2860 
 2861 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2862 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2332 sssd.conf.5.xml:2602 sssd.conf.5.xml:2778
 2863 msgid "Default: FALSE"
 2864 msgstr ""
 2865 
 2866 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2867 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2335
 2868 msgid ""
 2869 "Enumerating a domain requires SSSD to download and store ALL user and group "
 2870 "entries from the remote server."
 2871 msgstr ""
 2872 
 2873 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2874 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2340
 2875 msgid ""
 2876 "Note: Enabling enumeration has a moderate performance impact on SSSD while "
 2877 "enumeration is running. It may take up to several minutes after SSSD startup "
 2878 "to fully complete enumerations.  During this time, individual requests for "
 2879 "information will go directly to LDAP, though it may be slow, due to the "
 2880 "heavy enumeration processing. Saving a large number of entries to cache "
 2881 "after the enumeration completes might also be CPU intensive as the "
 2882 "memberships have to be recomputed. This can lead to the <quote>sssd_be</"
 2883 "quote> process becoming unresponsive or even restarted by the internal "
 2884 "watchdog."
 2885 msgstr ""
 2886 
 2887 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2888 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2355
 2889 msgid ""
 2890 "While the first enumeration is running, requests for the complete user or "
 2891 "group lists may return no results until it completes."
 2892 msgstr ""
 2893 
 2894 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2895 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2360
 2896 msgid ""
 2897 "Further, enabling enumeration may increase the time necessary to detect "
 2898 "network disconnection, as longer timeouts are required to ensure that "
 2899 "enumeration lookups are completed successfully.  For more information, refer "
 2900 "to the man pages for the specific id_provider in use."
 2901 msgstr ""
 2902 
 2903 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2904 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2368
 2905 msgid ""
 2906 "For the reasons cited above, enabling enumeration is not recommended, "
 2907 "especially in large environments."
 2908 msgstr ""
 2909 
 2910 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2911 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2376
 2912 msgid "subdomain_enumerate (string)"
 2913 msgstr ""
 2914 
 2915 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2916 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2383
 2917 msgid "all"
 2918 msgstr ""
 2919 
 2920 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2921 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2384
 2922 msgid "All discovered trusted domains will be enumerated"
 2923 msgstr ""
 2924 
 2925 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2926 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2387
 2927 msgid "none"
 2928 msgstr ""
 2929 
 2930 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2931 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2388
 2932 msgid "No discovered trusted domains will be enumerated"
 2933 msgstr ""
 2934 
 2935 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2936 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2379
 2937 msgid ""
 2938 "Whether any of autodetected trusted domains should be enumerated. The "
 2939 "supported values are: <placeholder type=\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/> "
 2940 "Optionally, a list of one or more domain names can enable enumeration just "
 2941 "for these trusted domains."
 2942 msgstr ""
 2943 
 2944 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2945 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2402
 2946 msgid "entry_cache_timeout (integer)"
 2947 msgstr ""
 2948 
 2949 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2950 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2405
 2951 msgid ""
 2952 "How many seconds should nss_sss consider entries valid before asking the "
 2953 "backend again"
 2954 msgstr ""
 2955 
 2956 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2957 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2409
 2958 msgid ""
 2959 "The cache expiration timestamps are stored as attributes of individual "
 2960 "objects in the cache. Therefore, changing the cache timeout only has effect "
 2961 "for newly added or expired entries.  You should run the <citerefentry> "
 2962 "<refentrytitle>sss_cache</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>8</manvolnum> </"
 2963 "citerefentry> tool in order to force refresh of entries that have already "
 2964 "been cached."
 2965 msgstr ""
 2966 
 2967 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2968 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2422
 2969 msgid "Default: 5400"
 2970 msgstr ""
 2971 
 2972 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2973 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2428
 2974 msgid "entry_cache_user_timeout (integer)"
 2975 msgstr ""
 2976 
 2977 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2978 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2431
 2979 msgid ""
 2980 "How many seconds should nss_sss consider user entries valid before asking "
 2981 "the backend again"
 2982 msgstr ""
 2983 
 2984 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2985 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2435 sssd.conf.5.xml:2448 sssd.conf.5.xml:2461
 2986 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2474 sssd.conf.5.xml:2488 sssd.conf.5.xml:2501
 2987 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2515 sssd.conf.5.xml:2529 sssd.conf.5.xml:2542
 2988 msgid "Default: entry_cache_timeout"
 2989 msgstr ""
 2990 
 2991 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2992 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2441
 2993 msgid "entry_cache_group_timeout (integer)"
 2994 msgstr ""
 2995 
 2996 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2997 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2444
 2998 msgid ""
 2999 "How many seconds should nss_sss consider group entries valid before asking "
 3000 "the backend again"
 3001 msgstr ""
 3002 
 3003 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3004 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2454
 3005 msgid "entry_cache_netgroup_timeout (integer)"
 3006 msgstr ""
 3007 
 3008 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3009 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2457
 3010 msgid ""
 3011 "How many seconds should nss_sss consider netgroup entries valid before "
 3012 "asking the backend again"
 3013 msgstr ""
 3014 
 3015 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3016 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2467
 3017 msgid "entry_cache_service_timeout (integer)"
 3018 msgstr ""
 3019 
 3020 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3021 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2470
 3022 msgid ""
 3023 "How many seconds should nss_sss consider service entries valid before asking "
 3024 "the backend again"
 3025 msgstr ""
 3026 
 3027 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3028 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2480
 3029 msgid "entry_cache_resolver_timeout (integer)"
 3030 msgstr ""
 3031 
 3032 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3033 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2483
 3034 msgid ""
 3035 "How many seconds should nss_sss consider hosts and networks entries valid "
 3036 "before asking the backend again"
 3037 msgstr ""
 3038 
 3039 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3040 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2494
 3041 msgid "entry_cache_sudo_timeout (integer)"
 3042 msgstr ""
 3043 
 3044 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3045 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2497
 3046 msgid ""
 3047 "How many seconds should sudo consider rules valid before asking the backend "
 3048 "again"
 3049 msgstr ""
 3050 
 3051 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3052 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2507
 3053 msgid "entry_cache_autofs_timeout (integer)"
 3054 msgstr ""
 3055 
 3056 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3057 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2510
 3058 msgid ""
 3059 "How many seconds should the autofs service consider automounter maps valid "
 3060 "before asking the backend again"
 3061 msgstr ""
 3062 
 3063 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3064 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2521
 3065 msgid "entry_cache_ssh_host_timeout (integer)"
 3066 msgstr ""
 3067 
 3068 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3069 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2524
 3070 msgid ""
 3071 "How many seconds to keep a host ssh key after refresh. IE how long to cache "
 3072 "the host key for."
 3073 msgstr ""
 3074 
 3075 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3076 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2535
 3077 msgid "entry_cache_computer_timeout (integer)"
 3078 msgstr ""
 3079 
 3080 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3081 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2538
 3082 msgid ""
 3083 "How many seconds to keep the local computer entry before asking the backend "
 3084 "again"
 3085 msgstr ""
 3086 
 3087 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3088 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2548
 3089 msgid "refresh_expired_interval (integer)"
 3090 msgstr ""
 3091 
 3092 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3093 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2551
 3094 msgid ""
 3095 "Specifies how many seconds SSSD has to wait before triggering a background "
 3096 "refresh task which will refresh all expired or nearly expired records."
 3097 msgstr ""
 3098 
 3099 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3100 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2556
 3101 msgid ""
 3102 "The background refresh will process users, groups and netgroups in the "
 3103 "cache. For users who have performed the initgroups (get group membership for "
 3104 "user, typically ran at login)  operation in the past, both the user entry "
 3105 "and the group membership are updated."
 3106 msgstr ""
 3107 
 3108 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3109 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2564
 3110 msgid "This option is automatically inherited for all trusted domains."
 3111 msgstr ""
 3112 
 3113 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3114 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2568
 3115 msgid "You can consider setting this value to 3/4 * entry_cache_timeout."
 3116 msgstr ""
 3117 
 3118 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3119 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2572
 3120 msgid ""
 3121 "Cache entry will be refreshed by background task when 2/3 of cache timeout "
 3122 "has already passed.  If there are existing cached entries, the background "
 3123 "task will refer to their original cache timeout values instead of current "
 3124 "configuration value.  This may lead to a situation in which background "
 3125 "refresh task appears to not be working. This is done by design to improve "
 3126 "offline mode operation and reuse of existing valid cache entries.  To make "
 3127 "this change instant the user may want to manually invalidate existing cache."
 3128 msgstr ""
 3129 
 3130 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3131 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2585 sssd-ldap.5.xml:350 sssd-ipa.5.xml:269
 3132 msgid "Default: 0 (disabled)"
 3133 msgstr ""
 3134 
 3135 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3136 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2591
 3137 msgid "cache_credentials (bool)"
 3138 msgstr ""
 3139 
 3140 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3141 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2594
 3142 msgid "Determines if user credentials are also cached in the local LDB cache"
 3143 msgstr ""
 3144 
 3145 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3146 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2598
 3147 msgid "User credentials are stored in a SHA512 hash, not in plaintext"
 3148 msgstr ""
 3149 
 3150 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3151 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2608
 3152 msgid "cache_credentials_minimal_first_factor_length (int)"
 3153 msgstr ""
 3154 
 3155 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3156 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2611
 3157 msgid ""
 3158 "If 2-Factor-Authentication (2FA) is used and credentials should be saved "
 3159 "this value determines the minimal length the first authentication factor "
 3160 "(long term password) must have to be saved as SHA512 hash into the cache."
 3161 msgstr ""
 3162 
 3163 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3164 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2618
 3165 msgid ""
 3166 "This should avoid that the short PINs of a PIN based 2FA scheme are saved in "
 3167 "the cache which would make them easy targets for brute-force attacks."
 3168 msgstr ""
 3169 
 3170 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3171 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2629
 3172 msgid "account_cache_expiration (integer)"
 3173 msgstr ""
 3174 
 3175 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3176 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2632
 3177 msgid ""
 3178 "Number of days entries are left in cache after last successful login before "
 3179 "being removed during a cleanup of the cache. 0 means keep forever.  The "
 3180 "value of this parameter must be greater than or equal to "
 3181 "offline_credentials_expiration."
 3182 msgstr ""
 3183 
 3184 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3185 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2639
 3186 msgid "Default: 0 (unlimited)"
 3187 msgstr ""
 3188 
 3189 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3190 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2644
 3191 msgid "pwd_expiration_warning (integer)"
 3192 msgstr ""
 3193 
 3194 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3195 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2655
 3196 msgid ""
 3197 "Please note that the backend server has to provide information about the "
 3198 "expiration time of the password.  If this information is missing, sssd "
 3199 "cannot display a warning. Also an auth provider has to be configured for the "
 3200 "backend."
 3201 msgstr ""
 3202 
 3203 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3204 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2662
 3205 msgid "Default: 7 (Kerberos), 0 (LDAP)"
 3206 msgstr ""
 3207 
 3208 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3209 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2668
 3210 msgid "id_provider (string)"
 3211 msgstr ""
 3212 
 3213 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3214 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2671
 3215 msgid ""
 3216 "The identification provider used for the domain.  Supported ID providers are:"
 3217 msgstr ""
 3218 
 3219 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3220 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2675
 3221 msgid "<quote>proxy</quote>: Support a legacy NSS provider."
 3222 msgstr ""
 3223 
 3224 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3225 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2678
 3226 msgid ""
 3227 "<quote>local</quote>: SSSD internal provider for local users (DEPRECATED)."
 3228 msgstr ""
 3229 
 3230 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3231 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2682
 3232 msgid ""
 3233 "<quote>files</quote>: FILES provider. See <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-"
 3234 "files</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry> for more "
 3235 "information on how to mirror local users and groups into SSSD."
 3236 msgstr ""
 3237 
 3238 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3239 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2690
 3240 msgid ""
 3241 "<quote>ldap</quote>: LDAP provider. See <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-"
 3242 "ldap</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry> for more "
 3243 "information on configuring LDAP."
 3244 msgstr ""
 3245 
 3246 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3247 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2698 sssd.conf.5.xml:2804 sssd.conf.5.xml:2859
 3248 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2922
 3249 msgid ""
 3250 "<quote>ipa</quote>: FreeIPA and Red Hat Enterprise Identity Management "
 3251 "provider. See <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-ipa</refentrytitle> "
 3252 "<manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry> for more information on configuring "
 3253 "FreeIPA."
 3254 msgstr ""
 3255 
 3256 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3257 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2707 sssd.conf.5.xml:2813 sssd.conf.5.xml:2868
 3258 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2931
 3259 msgid ""
 3260 "<quote>ad</quote>: Active Directory provider. See <citerefentry> "
 3261 "<refentrytitle>sssd-ad</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </"
 3262 "citerefentry> for more information on configuring Active Directory."
 3263 msgstr ""
 3264 
 3265 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3266 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2718
 3267 msgid "use_fully_qualified_names (bool)"
 3268 msgstr ""
 3269 
 3270 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3271 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2721
 3272 msgid ""
 3273 "Use the full name and domain (as formatted by the domain's full_name_format) "
 3274 "as the user's login name reported to NSS."
 3275 msgstr ""
 3276 
 3277 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3278 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2726
 3279 msgid ""
 3280 "If set to TRUE, all requests to this domain must use fully qualified names. "
 3281 "For example, if used in LOCAL domain that contains a \"test\" user, "
 3282 "<command>getent passwd test</command> wouldn't find the user while "
 3283 "<command>getent passwd test@LOCAL</command> would."
 3284 msgstr ""
 3285 
 3286 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3287 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2734
 3288 msgid ""
 3289 "NOTE: This option has no effect on netgroup lookups due to their tendency to "
 3290 "include nested netgroups without qualified names. For netgroups, all domains "
 3291 "will be searched when an unqualified name is requested."
 3292 msgstr ""
 3293 
 3294 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3295 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2741
 3296 msgid ""
 3297 "Default: FALSE (TRUE for trusted domain/sub-domains or if "
 3298 "default_domain_suffix is used)"
 3299 msgstr ""
 3300 
 3301 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3302 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2748
 3303 msgid "ignore_group_members (bool)"
 3304 msgstr ""
 3305 
 3306 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3307 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2751
 3308 msgid "Do not return group members for group lookups."
 3309 msgstr ""
 3310 
 3311 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3312 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2754
 3313 msgid ""
 3314 "If set to TRUE, the group membership attribute is not requested from the "
 3315 "ldap server, and group members are not returned when processing group lookup "
 3316 "calls, such as <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>getgrnam</refentrytitle> "
 3317 "<manvolnum>3</manvolnum> </citerefentry> or <citerefentry> "
 3318 "<refentrytitle>getgrgid</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>3</manvolnum> </"
 3319 "citerefentry>.  As an effect, <quote>getent group $groupname</quote> would "
 3320 "return the requested group as if it was empty."
 3321 msgstr ""
 3322 
 3323 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3324 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2772
 3325 msgid ""
 3326 "Enabling this option can also make access provider checks for group "
 3327 "membership significantly faster, especially for groups containing many "
 3328 "members."
 3329 msgstr ""
 3330 
 3331 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3332 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2783
 3333 msgid "auth_provider (string)"
 3334 msgstr ""
 3335 
 3336 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3337 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2786
 3338 msgid ""
 3339 "The authentication provider used for the domain.  Supported auth providers "
 3340 "are:"
 3341 msgstr ""
 3342 
 3343 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3344 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2790 sssd.conf.5.xml:2852
 3345 msgid ""
 3346 "<quote>ldap</quote> for native LDAP authentication. See <citerefentry> "
 3347 "<refentrytitle>sssd-ldap</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </"
 3348 "citerefentry> for more information on configuring LDAP."
 3349 msgstr ""
 3350 
 3351 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3352 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2797
 3353 msgid ""
 3354 "<quote>krb5</quote> for Kerberos authentication. See <citerefentry> "
 3355 "<refentrytitle>sssd-krb5</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </"
 3356 "citerefentry> for more information on configuring Kerberos."
 3357 msgstr ""
 3358 
 3359 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3360 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2821
 3361 msgid ""
 3362 "<quote>proxy</quote> for relaying authentication to some other PAM target."
 3363 msgstr ""
 3364 
 3365 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3366 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2824
 3367 msgid "<quote>local</quote>: SSSD internal provider for local users"
 3368 msgstr ""
 3369 
 3370 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3371 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2828
 3372 msgid "<quote>none</quote> disables authentication explicitly."
 3373 msgstr ""
 3374 
 3375 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3376 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2831
 3377 msgid ""
 3378 "Default: <quote>id_provider</quote> is used if it is set and can handle "
 3379 "authentication requests."
 3380 msgstr ""
 3381 
 3382 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3383 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2837
 3384 msgid "access_provider (string)"
 3385 msgstr ""
 3386 
 3387 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3388 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2840
 3389 msgid ""
 3390 "The access control provider used for the domain.  There are two built-in "
 3391 "access providers (in addition to any included in installed backends)  "
 3392 "Internal special providers are:"
 3393 msgstr ""
 3394 
 3395 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3396 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2846
 3397 msgid ""
 3398 "<quote>permit</quote> always allow access. It's the only permitted access "
 3399 "provider for a local domain."
 3400 msgstr ""
 3401 
 3402 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3403 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2849
 3404 msgid "<quote>deny</quote> always deny access."
 3405 msgstr ""
 3406 
 3407 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3408 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2876
 3409 msgid ""
 3410 "<quote>simple</quote> access control based on access or deny lists. See "
 3411 "<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-simple</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</"
 3412 "manvolnum></citerefentry> for more information on configuring the simple "
 3413 "access module."
 3414 msgstr ""
 3415 
 3416 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3417 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2883
 3418 msgid ""
 3419 "<quote>krb5</quote>: .k5login based access control.  See <citerefentry> "
 3420 "<refentrytitle>sssd-krb5</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum></"
 3421 "citerefentry> for more information on configuring Kerberos."
 3422 msgstr ""
 3423 
 3424 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3425 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2890
 3426 msgid "<quote>proxy</quote> for relaying access control to another PAM module."
 3427 msgstr ""
 3428 
 3429 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3430 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2893
 3431 msgid "Default: <quote>permit</quote>"
 3432 msgstr ""
 3433 
 3434 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3435 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2898
 3436 msgid "chpass_provider (string)"
 3437 msgstr ""
 3438 
 3439 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3440 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2901
 3441 msgid ""
 3442 "The provider which should handle change password operations for the domain.  "
 3443 "Supported change password providers are:"
 3444 msgstr ""
 3445 
 3446 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3447 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2906
 3448 msgid ""
 3449 "<quote>ldap</quote> to change a password stored in a LDAP server. See "
 3450 "<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-ldap</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</"
 3451 "manvolnum> </citerefentry> for more information on configuring LDAP."
 3452 msgstr ""
 3453 
 3454 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3455 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2914
 3456 msgid ""
 3457 "<quote>krb5</quote> to change the Kerberos password. See <citerefentry> "
 3458 "<refentrytitle>sssd-krb5</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </"
 3459 "citerefentry> for more information on configuring Kerberos."
 3460 msgstr ""
 3461 
 3462 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3463 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2939
 3464 msgid ""
 3465 "<quote>proxy</quote> for relaying password changes to some other PAM target."
 3466 msgstr ""
 3467 
 3468 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3469 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2943
 3470 msgid "<quote>none</quote> disallows password changes explicitly."
 3471 msgstr ""
 3472 
 3473 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3474 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2946
 3475 msgid ""
 3476 "Default: <quote>auth_provider</quote> is used if it is set and can handle "
 3477 "change password requests."
 3478 msgstr ""
 3479 
 3480 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3481 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2953
 3482 msgid "sudo_provider (string)"
 3483 msgstr ""
 3484 
 3485 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3486 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2956
 3487 msgid "The SUDO provider used for the domain.  Supported SUDO providers are:"
 3488 msgstr ""
 3489 
 3490 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3491 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2960
 3492 msgid ""
 3493 "<quote>ldap</quote> for rules stored in LDAP. See <citerefentry> "
 3494 "<refentrytitle>sssd-ldap</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </"
 3495 "citerefentry> for more information on configuring LDAP."
 3496 msgstr ""
 3497 
 3498 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3499 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2968
 3500 msgid ""
 3501 "<quote>ipa</quote> the same as <quote>ldap</quote> but with IPA default "
 3502 "settings."
 3503 msgstr ""
 3504 
 3505 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3506 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2972
 3507 msgid ""
 3508 "<quote>ad</quote> the same as <quote>ldap</quote> but with AD default "
 3509 "settings."
 3510 msgstr ""
 3511 
 3512 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3513 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2976
 3514 msgid "<quote>none</quote> disables SUDO explicitly."
 3515 msgstr ""
 3516 
 3517 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3518 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2979 sssd.conf.5.xml:3065 sssd.conf.5.xml:3135
 3519 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3160 sssd.conf.5.xml:3196
 3520 msgid "Default: The value of <quote>id_provider</quote> is used if it is set."
 3521 msgstr ""
 3522 
 3523 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3524 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2983
 3525 msgid ""
 3526 "The detailed instructions for configuration of sudo_provider are in the "
 3527 "manual page <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-sudo</refentrytitle> "
 3528 "<manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry>.  There are many configuration "
 3529 "options that can be used to adjust the behavior. Please refer to "
 3530 "\"ldap_sudo_*\" in <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-ldap</refentrytitle> "
 3531 "<manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry>."
 3532 msgstr ""
 3533 
 3534 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3535 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2998
 3536 msgid ""
 3537 "<emphasis>NOTE:</emphasis> Sudo rules are periodically downloaded in the "
 3538 "background unless the sudo provider is explicitly disabled. Set "
 3539 "<emphasis>sudo_provider = None</emphasis> to disable all sudo-related "
 3540 "activity in SSSD if you do not want to use sudo with SSSD at all."
 3541 msgstr ""
 3542 
 3543 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3544 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3008
 3545 msgid "selinux_provider (string)"
 3546 msgstr ""
 3547 
 3548 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3549 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3011
 3550 msgid ""
 3551 "The provider which should handle loading of selinux settings. Note that this "
 3552 "provider will be called right after access provider ends.  Supported selinux "
 3553 "providers are:"
 3554 msgstr ""
 3555 
 3556 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3557 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3017
 3558 msgid ""
 3559 "<quote>ipa</quote> to load selinux settings from an IPA server. See "
 3560 "<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-ipa</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</"
 3561 "manvolnum> </citerefentry> for more information on configuring IPA."
 3562 msgstr ""
 3563 
 3564 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3565 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3025
 3566 msgid "<quote>none</quote> disallows fetching selinux settings explicitly."
 3567 msgstr ""
 3568 
 3569 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3570 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3028
 3571 msgid ""
 3572 "Default: <quote>id_provider</quote> is used if it is set and can handle "
 3573 "selinux loading requests."
 3574 msgstr ""
 3575 
 3576 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3577 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3034
 3578 msgid "subdomains_provider (string)"
 3579 msgstr ""
 3580 
 3581 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3582 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3037
 3583 msgid ""
 3584 "The provider which should handle fetching of subdomains. This value should "
 3585 "be always the same as id_provider.  Supported subdomain providers are:"
 3586 msgstr ""
 3587 
 3588 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3589 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3043
 3590 msgid ""
 3591 "<quote>ipa</quote> to load a list of subdomains from an IPA server. See "
 3592 "<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-ipa</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</"
 3593 "manvolnum> </citerefentry> for more information on configuring IPA."
 3594 msgstr ""
 3595 
 3596 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3597 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3052
 3598 msgid ""
 3599 "<quote>ad</quote> to load a list of subdomains from an Active Directory "
 3600 "server. See <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-ad</refentrytitle> "
 3601 "<manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry> for more information on configuring "
 3602 "the AD provider."
 3603 msgstr ""
 3604 
 3605 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3606 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3061
 3607 msgid "<quote>none</quote> disallows fetching subdomains explicitly."
 3608 msgstr ""
 3609 
 3610 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3611 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3071
 3612 msgid "session_provider (string)"
 3613 msgstr ""
 3614 
 3615 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3616 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3074
 3617 msgid ""
 3618 "The provider which configures and manages user session related tasks. The "
 3619 "only user session task currently provided is the integration with Fleet "
 3620 "Commander, which works only with IPA.  Supported session providers are:"
 3621 msgstr ""
 3622 
 3623 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3624 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3081
 3625 msgid "<quote>ipa</quote> to allow performing user session related tasks."
 3626 msgstr ""
 3627 
 3628 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3629 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3085
 3630 msgid ""
 3631 "<quote>none</quote> does not perform any kind of user session related tasks."
 3632 msgstr ""
 3633 
 3634 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3635 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3089
 3636 msgid ""
 3637 "Default: <quote>id_provider</quote> is used if it is set and can perform "
 3638 "session related tasks."
 3639 msgstr ""
 3640 
 3641 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3642 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3093
 3643 msgid ""
 3644 "<emphasis>NOTE:</emphasis> In order to have this feature working as expected "
 3645 "SSSD must be running as \"root\" and not as the unprivileged user."
 3646 msgstr ""
 3647 
 3648 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3649 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3101
 3650 msgid "autofs_provider (string)"
 3651 msgstr ""
 3652 
 3653 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3654 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3104
 3655 msgid ""
 3656 "The autofs provider used for the domain.  Supported autofs providers are:"
 3657 msgstr ""
 3658 
 3659 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3660 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3108
 3661 msgid ""
 3662 "<quote>ldap</quote> to load maps stored in LDAP. See <citerefentry> "
 3663 "<refentrytitle>sssd-ldap</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </"
 3664 "citerefentry> for more information on configuring LDAP."
 3665 msgstr ""
 3666 
 3667 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3668 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3115
 3669 msgid ""
 3670 "<quote>ipa</quote> to load maps stored in an IPA server. See <citerefentry> "
 3671 "<refentrytitle>sssd-ipa</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </"
 3672 "citerefentry> for more information on configuring IPA."
 3673 msgstr ""
 3674 
 3675 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3676 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3123
 3677 msgid ""
 3678 "<quote>ad</quote> to load maps stored in an AD server. See <citerefentry> "
 3679 "<refentrytitle>sssd-ad</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </"
 3680 "citerefentry> for more information on configuring the AD provider."
 3681 msgstr ""
 3682 
 3683 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3684 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3132
 3685 msgid "<quote>none</quote> disables autofs explicitly."
 3686 msgstr ""
 3687 
 3688 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3689 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3142
 3690 msgid "hostid_provider (string)"
 3691 msgstr ""
 3692 
 3693 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3694 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3145
 3695 msgid ""
 3696 "The provider used for retrieving host identity information.  Supported "
 3697 "hostid providers are:"
 3698 msgstr ""
 3699 
 3700 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3701 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3149
 3702 msgid ""
 3703 "<quote>ipa</quote> to load host identity stored in an IPA server. See "
 3704 "<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-ipa</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</"
 3705 "manvolnum> </citerefentry> for more information on configuring IPA."
 3706 msgstr ""
 3707 
 3708 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3709 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3157
 3710 msgid "<quote>none</quote> disables hostid explicitly."
 3711 msgstr ""
 3712 
 3713 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3714 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3167
 3715 msgid "resolver_provider (string)"
 3716 msgstr ""
 3717 
 3718 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3719 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3170
 3720 msgid ""
 3721 "The provider which should handle hosts and networks lookups. Supported "
 3722 "resolver providers are:"
 3723 msgstr ""
 3724 
 3725 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3726 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3174
 3727 msgid ""
 3728 "<quote>proxy</quote> to forward lookups to another NSS library. See "
 3729 "<quote>proxy_resolver_lib_name</quote>"
 3730 msgstr ""
 3731 
 3732 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3733 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3178
 3734 msgid ""
 3735 "<quote>ldap</quote> to fetch hosts and networks stored in LDAP. See "
 3736 "<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-ldap</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</"
 3737 "manvolnum> </citerefentry> for more information on configuring LDAP."
 3738 msgstr ""
 3739 
 3740 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3741 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3185
 3742 msgid ""
 3743 "<quote>ad</quote> to fetch hosts and networks stored in AD. See "
 3744 "<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-ad</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</"
 3745 "manvolnum> </citerefentry> for more information on configuring the AD "
 3746 "provider."
 3747 msgstr ""
 3748 
 3749 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3750 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3193
 3751 msgid "<quote>none</quote> disallows fetching hosts and networks explicitly."
 3752 msgstr ""
 3753 
 3754 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3755 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3206
 3756 msgid ""
 3757 "Regular expression for this domain that describes how to parse the string "
 3758 "containing user name and domain into these components.  The \"domain\" can "
 3759 "match either the SSSD configuration domain name, or, in the case of IPA "
 3760 "trust subdomains and Active Directory domains, the flat (NetBIOS) name of "
 3761 "the domain."
 3762 msgstr ""
 3763 
 3764 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3765 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3215
 3766 msgid ""
 3767 "Default for the AD and IPA provider: <quote>(((?P&lt;domain&gt;[^\\\\]+)\\"
 3768 "\\(?P&lt;name&gt;.+$))|((?P&lt;name&gt;[^@]+)@(?P&lt;domain&gt;.+$))|(^(?"
 3769 "P&lt;name&gt;[^@\\\\]+)$))</quote> which allows three different styles for "
 3770 "user names:"
 3771 msgstr ""
 3772 
 3773 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 3774 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3220
 3775 msgid "username"
 3776 msgstr ""
 3777 
 3778 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 3779 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3223
 3780 msgid "username@domain.name"
 3781 msgstr ""
 3782 
 3783 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 3784 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3226
 3785 msgid "domain\\username"
 3786 msgstr ""
 3787 
 3788 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3789 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3229
 3790 msgid ""
 3791 "While the first two correspond to the general default the third one is "
 3792 "introduced to allow easy integration of users from Windows domains."
 3793 msgstr ""
 3794 
 3795 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3796 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3234
 3797 msgid ""
 3798 "Default: <quote>(?P&lt;name&gt;[^@]+)@?(?P&lt;domain&gt;[^@]*$)</quote> "
 3799 "which translates to \"the name is everything up to the <quote>@</quote> "
 3800 "sign, the domain everything after that\""
 3801 msgstr ""
 3802 
 3803 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3804 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3240
 3805 msgid ""
 3806 "NOTE: Some Active Directory groups, typically those used for MS Exchange "
 3807 "contain an <quote>@</quote> sign in the name, which clashes with the default "
 3808 "re_expression value for the AD and IPA providers. To support these groups, "
 3809 "consider changing the re_expression value to: <quote>((?P&lt;name&gt;.+)@(?"
 3810 "P&lt;domain&gt;[^@]+$))</quote>."
 3811 msgstr ""
 3812 
 3813 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3814 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3291
 3815 msgid "Default: <quote>%1$s@%2$s</quote>."
 3816 msgstr ""
 3817 
 3818 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3819 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3297
 3820 msgid "lookup_family_order (string)"
 3821 msgstr ""
 3822 
 3823 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3824 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3300
 3825 msgid ""
 3826 "Provides the ability to select preferred address family to use when "
 3827 "performing DNS lookups."
 3828 msgstr ""
 3829 
 3830 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3831 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3304
 3832 msgid "Supported values:"
 3833 msgstr ""
 3834 
 3835 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3836 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3307
 3837 msgid "ipv4_first: Try looking up IPv4 address, if that fails, try IPv6"
 3838 msgstr ""
 3839 
 3840 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3841 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3310
 3842 msgid "ipv4_only: Only attempt to resolve hostnames to IPv4 addresses."
 3843 msgstr ""
 3844 
 3845 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3846 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3313
 3847 msgid "ipv6_first: Try looking up IPv6 address, if that fails, try IPv4"
 3848 msgstr ""
 3849 
 3850 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3851 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3316
 3852 msgid "ipv6_only: Only attempt to resolve hostnames to IPv6 addresses."
 3853 msgstr ""
 3854 
 3855 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3856 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3319
 3857 msgid "Default: ipv4_first"
 3858 msgstr ""
 3859 
 3860 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3861 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3325
 3862 msgid "dns_resolver_timeout (integer)"
 3863 msgstr ""
 3864 
 3865 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3866 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3328
 3867 msgid ""
 3868 "Defines the amount of time (in seconds) to wait for a reply from the "
 3869 "internal fail over service before assuming that the service is unreachable. "
 3870 "If this timeout is reached, the domain will continue to operate in offline "
 3871 "mode."
 3872 msgstr ""
 3873 
 3874 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3875 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3335
 3876 msgid ""
 3877 "Please see the section <quote>FAILOVER</quote> for more information about "
 3878 "the service resolution."
 3879 msgstr ""
 3880 
 3881 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3882 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3346
 3883 msgid "dns_discovery_domain (string)"
 3884 msgstr ""
 3885 
 3886 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3887 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3349
 3888 msgid ""
 3889 "If service discovery is used in the back end, specifies the domain part of "
 3890 "the service discovery DNS query."
 3891 msgstr ""
 3892 
 3893 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3894 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3353
 3895 msgid "Default: Use the domain part of machine's hostname"
 3896 msgstr ""
 3897 
 3898 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3899 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3359
 3900 msgid "override_gid (integer)"
 3901 msgstr ""
 3902 
 3903 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3904 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3362
 3905 msgid "Override the primary GID value with the one specified."
 3906 msgstr ""
 3907 
 3908 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3909 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3368
 3910 msgid "case_sensitive (string)"
 3911 msgstr ""
 3912 
 3913 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3914 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3379
 3915 msgid "True"
 3916 msgstr ""
 3917 
 3918 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3919 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3382
 3920 msgid "Case sensitive. This value is invalid for AD provider."
 3921 msgstr ""
 3922 
 3923 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3924 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3388
 3925 msgid "False"
 3926 msgstr ""
 3927 
 3928 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3929 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3390
 3930 msgid "Case insensitive."
 3931 msgstr ""
 3932 
 3933 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3934 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3394
 3935 msgid "Preserving"
 3936 msgstr ""
 3937 
 3938 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3939 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3397
 3940 msgid ""
 3941 "Same as False (case insensitive), but does not lowercase names in the result "
 3942 "of NSS operations. Note that name aliases (and in case of services also "
 3943 "protocol names) are still lowercased in the output."
 3944 msgstr ""
 3945 
 3946 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3947 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3405
 3948 msgid ""
 3949 "If you want to set this value for trusted domain with IPA provider, you need "
 3950 "to set it on both the client and SSSD on the server."
 3951 msgstr ""
 3952 
 3953 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3954 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3371
 3955 msgid ""
 3956 "Treat user and group names as case sensitive.  <phrase condition="
 3957 "\"enable_local_provider\"> At the moment, this option is not supported in "
 3958 "the local provider.  </phrase> Possible option values are: <placeholder type="
 3959 "\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/>"
 3960 msgstr ""
 3961 
 3962 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3963 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3415
 3964 msgid ""
 3965 "This option can be also set per subdomain or inherited via "
 3966 "<emphasis>subdomain_inherit</emphasis>."
 3967 msgstr ""
 3968 
 3969 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3970 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3420
 3971 msgid "Default: True (False for AD provider)"
 3972 msgstr ""
 3973 
 3974 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3975 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3426
 3976 msgid "subdomain_inherit (string)"
 3977 msgstr ""
 3978 
 3979 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3980 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3429
 3981 msgid ""
 3982 "Specifies a list of configuration parameters that should be inherited by a "
 3983 "subdomain. Please note that only selected parameters can be inherited.  "
 3984 "Currently the following options can be inherited:"
 3985 msgstr ""
 3986 
 3987 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3988 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3435
 3989 msgid "ignore_group_members"
 3990 msgstr ""
 3991 
 3992 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3993 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3438
 3994 msgid "ldap_purge_cache_timeout"
 3995 msgstr ""
 3996 
 3997 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3998 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3441 sssd-ldap.5.xml:390
 3999 msgid "ldap_use_tokengroups"
 4000 msgstr ""
 4001 
 4002 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4003 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3444
 4004 msgid "ldap_user_principal"
 4005 msgstr ""
 4006 
 4007 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4008 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3447
 4009 msgid ""
 4010 "ldap_krb5_keytab (the value of krb5_keytab will be used if ldap_krb5_keytab "
 4011 "is not set explicitly)"
 4012 msgstr ""
 4013 
 4014 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4015 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3451
 4016 msgid "auto_private_groups"
 4017 msgstr ""
 4018 
 4019 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4020 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3454
 4021 msgid "case_sensitive"
 4022 msgstr ""
 4023 
 4024 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><programlisting>
 4025 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3459
 4026 #, no-wrap
 4027 msgid ""
 4028 "subdomain_inherit = ldap_purge_cache_timeout\n"
 4029 "                            "
 4030 msgstr ""
 4031 
 4032 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4033 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3466
 4034 msgid "Note: This option only works with the IPA and AD provider."
 4035 msgstr ""
 4036 
 4037 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4038 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3473
 4039 msgid "subdomain_homedir (string)"
 4040 msgstr ""
 4041 
 4042 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4043 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3484
 4044 msgid "%F"
 4045 msgstr ""
 4046 
 4047 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4048 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3485
 4049 msgid "flat (NetBIOS) name of a subdomain."
 4050 msgstr ""
 4051 
 4052 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4053 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3476
 4054 msgid ""
 4055 "Use this homedir as default value for all subdomains within this domain in "
 4056 "IPA AD trust.  See <emphasis>override_homedir</emphasis> for info about "
 4057 "possible values. In addition to those, the expansion below can only be used "
 4058 "with <emphasis>subdomain_homedir</emphasis>.  <placeholder type="
 4059 "\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/>"
 4060 msgstr ""
 4061 
 4062 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4063 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3490
 4064 msgid ""
 4065 "The value can be overridden by <emphasis>override_homedir</emphasis> option."
 4066 msgstr ""
 4067 
 4068 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4069 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3494
 4070 msgid "Default: <filename>/home/%d/%u</filename>"
 4071 msgstr ""
 4072 
 4073 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4074 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3499
 4075 msgid "realmd_tags (string)"
 4076 msgstr ""
 4077 
 4078 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4079 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3502
 4080 msgid ""
 4081 "Various tags stored by the realmd configuration service for this domain."
 4082 msgstr ""
 4083 
 4084 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4085 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3508
 4086 msgid "cached_auth_timeout (int)"
 4087 msgstr ""
 4088 
 4089 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4090 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3511
 4091 msgid ""
 4092 "Specifies time in seconds since last successful online authentication for "
 4093 "which user will be authenticated using cached credentials while SSSD is in "
 4094 "the online mode. If the credentials are incorrect, SSSD falls back to online "
 4095 "authentication."
 4096 msgstr ""
 4097 
 4098 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4099 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3519
 4100 msgid ""
 4101 "This option's value is inherited by all trusted domains. At the moment it is "
 4102 "not possible to set a different value per trusted domain."
 4103 msgstr ""
 4104 
 4105 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4106 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3524
 4107 msgid "Special value 0 implies that this feature is disabled."
 4108 msgstr ""
 4109 
 4110 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4111 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3528
 4112 msgid ""
 4113 "Please note that if <quote>cached_auth_timeout</quote> is longer than "
 4114 "<quote>pam_id_timeout</quote> then the back end could be called to handle "
 4115 "<quote>initgroups.</quote>"
 4116 msgstr ""
 4117 
 4118 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4119 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3539
 4120 msgid "auto_private_groups (string)"
 4121 msgstr ""
 4122 
 4123 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4124 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3545
 4125 msgid "true"
 4126 msgstr ""
 4127 
 4128 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4129 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3548
 4130 msgid ""
 4131 "Create user's private group unconditionally from user's UID number.  The GID "
 4132 "number is ignored in this case."
 4133 msgstr ""
 4134 
 4135 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4136 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3552
 4137 msgid ""
 4138 "NOTE: Because the GID number and the user private group are inferred from "
 4139 "the UID number, it is not supported to have multiple entries with the same "
 4140 "UID or GID number with this option. In other words, enabling this option "
 4141 "enforces uniqueness across the ID space."
 4142 msgstr ""
 4143 
 4144 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4145 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3561
 4146 msgid "false"
 4147 msgstr ""
 4148 
 4149 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4150 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3564
 4151 msgid ""
 4152 "Always use the user's primary GID number. The GID number must refer to a "
 4153 "group object in the LDAP database."
 4154 msgstr ""
 4155 
 4156 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4157 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3570
 4158 msgid "hybrid"
 4159 msgstr ""
 4160 
 4161 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4162 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3573
 4163 msgid ""
 4164 "A primary group is autogenerated for user entries whose UID and GID numbers "
 4165 "have the same value and at the same time the GID number does not correspond "
 4166 "to a real group object in LDAP.  If the values are the same, but the primary "
 4167 "GID in the user entry is also used by a group object, the primary GID of the "
 4168 "user resolves to that group object."
 4169 msgstr ""
 4170 
 4171 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4172 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3586
 4173 msgid ""
 4174 "If the UID and GID of a user are different, then the GID must correspond to "
 4175 "a group entry, otherwise the GID is simply not resolvable."
 4176 msgstr ""
 4177 
 4178 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4179 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3593
 4180 msgid ""
 4181 "This feature is useful for environments that wish to stop maintaining a "
 4182 "separate group objects for the user private groups, but also wish to retain "
 4183 "the existing user private groups."
 4184 msgstr ""
 4185 
 4186 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4187 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3542
 4188 msgid ""
 4189 "This option takes any of three available values: <placeholder type="
 4190 "\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/>"
 4191 msgstr ""
 4192 
 4193 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4194 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3605
 4195 msgid ""
 4196 "For subdomains, the default value is False for subdomains that use assigned "
 4197 "POSIX IDs and True for subdomains that use automatic ID-mapping."
 4198 msgstr ""
 4199 
 4200 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><programlisting>
 4201 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3613
 4202 #, no-wrap
 4203 msgid ""
 4204 "[domain/forest.domain/sub.domain]\n"
 4205 "auto_private_groups = false\n"
 4206 msgstr ""
 4207 
 4208 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><programlisting>
 4209 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3619
 4210 #, no-wrap
 4211 msgid ""
 4212 "[domain/forest.domain]\n"
 4213 "subdomain_inherit = auto_private_groups\n"
 4214 "auto_private_groups = false\n"
 4215 msgstr ""
 4216 
 4217 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4218 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3610
 4219 msgid ""
 4220 "The value of auto_private_groups can either be set per subdomains in a "
 4221 "subsection, for example: <placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/> or "
 4222 "globally for all subdomains in the main domain section using the "
 4223 "subdomain_inherit option: <placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"1\"/>"
 4224 msgstr ""
 4225 
 4226 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 4227 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2233
 4228 msgid ""
 4229 "These configuration options can be present in a domain configuration "
 4230 "section, that is, in a section called <quote>[domain/<replaceable>NAME</"
 4231 "replaceable>]</quote> <placeholder type=\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/>"
 4232 msgstr ""
 4233 
 4234 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4235 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3634
 4236 msgid "proxy_pam_target (string)"
 4237 msgstr ""
 4238 
 4239 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4240 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3637
 4241 msgid "The proxy target PAM proxies to."
 4242 msgstr ""
 4243 
 4244 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4245 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3640
 4246 msgid ""
 4247 "Default: not set by default, you have to take an existing pam configuration "
 4248 "or create a new one and add the service name here."
 4249 msgstr ""
 4250 
 4251 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4252 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3648
 4253 msgid "proxy_lib_name (string)"
 4254 msgstr ""
 4255 
 4256 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4257 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3651
 4258 msgid ""
 4259 "The name of the NSS library to use in proxy domains. The NSS functions "
 4260 "searched for in the library are in the form of _nss_$(libName)_$(function), "
 4261 "for example _nss_files_getpwent."
 4262 msgstr ""
 4263 
 4264 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4265 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3661
 4266 msgid "proxy_resolver_lib_name (string)"
 4267 msgstr ""
 4268 
 4269 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4270 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3664
 4271 msgid ""
 4272 "The name of the NSS library to use for hosts and networks lookups in proxy "
 4273 "domains. The NSS functions searched for in the library are in the form of "
 4274 "_nss_$(libName)_$(function), for example _nss_dns_gethostbyname2_r."
 4275 msgstr ""
 4276 
 4277 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4278 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3675
 4279 msgid "proxy_fast_alias (boolean)"
 4280 msgstr ""
 4281 
 4282 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4283 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3678
 4284 msgid ""
 4285 "When a user or group is looked up by name in the proxy provider, a second "
 4286 "lookup by ID is performed to \"canonicalize\" the name in case the requested "
 4287 "name was an alias. Setting this option to true would cause the SSSD to "
 4288 "perform the ID lookup from cache for performance reasons."
 4289 msgstr ""
 4290 
 4291 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4292 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3692
 4293 msgid "proxy_max_children (integer)"
 4294 msgstr ""
 4295 
 4296 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4297 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3695
 4298 msgid ""
 4299 "This option specifies the number of pre-forked proxy children. It is useful "
 4300 "for high-load SSSD environments where sssd may run out of available child "
 4301 "slots, which would cause some issues due to the requests being queued."
 4302 msgstr ""
 4303 
 4304 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 4305 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3630
 4306 msgid ""
 4307 "Options valid for proxy domains.  <placeholder type=\"variablelist\" id="
 4308 "\"0\"/>"
 4309 msgstr ""
 4310 
 4311 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
 4312 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3711
 4313 msgid "Application domains"
 4314 msgstr ""
 4315 
 4316 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
 4317 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3713
 4318 msgid ""
 4319 "SSSD, with its D-Bus interface (see <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-ifp</"
 4320 "refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry>) is appealing to "
 4321 "applications as a gateway to an LDAP directory where users and groups are "
 4322 "stored. However, contrary to the traditional SSSD deployment where all users "
 4323 "and groups either have POSIX attributes or those attributes can be inferred "
 4324 "from the Windows SIDs, in many cases the users and groups in the application "
 4325 "support scenario have no POSIX attributes.  Instead of setting a "
 4326 "<quote>[domain/<replaceable>NAME</replaceable>]</quote> section, the "
 4327 "administrator can set up an <quote>[application/<replaceable>NAME</"
 4328 "replaceable>]</quote> section that internally represents a domain with type "
 4329 "<quote>application</quote> optionally inherits settings from a tradition "
 4330 "SSSD domain."
 4331 msgstr ""
 4332 
 4333 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
 4334 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3733
 4335 msgid ""
 4336 "Please note that the application domain must still be explicitly enabled in "
 4337 "the <quote>domains</quote> parameter so that the lookup order between the "
 4338 "application domain and its POSIX sibling domain is set correctly."
 4339 msgstr ""
 4340 
 4341 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><title>
 4342 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3739
 4343 msgid "Application domain parameters"
 4344 msgstr ""
 4345 
 4346 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4347 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3741
 4348 msgid "inherit_from (string)"
 4349 msgstr ""
 4350 
 4351 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4352 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3744
 4353 msgid ""
 4354 "The SSSD POSIX-type domain the application domain inherits all settings "
 4355 "from. The application domain can moreover add its own settings to the "
 4356 "application settings that augment or override the <quote>sibling</quote> "
 4357 "domain settings."
 4358 msgstr ""
 4359 
 4360 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
 4361 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3758
 4362 msgid ""
 4363 "The following example illustrates the use of an application domain. In this "
 4364 "setup, the POSIX domain is connected to an LDAP server and is used by the OS "
 4365 "through the NSS responder. In addition, the application domain also requests "
 4366 "the telephoneNumber attribute, stores it as the phone attribute in the cache "
 4367 "and makes the phone attribute reachable through the D-Bus interface."
 4368 msgstr ""
 4369 
 4370 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><programlisting>
 4371 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3766
 4372 #, no-wrap
 4373 msgid ""
 4374 "[sssd]\n"
 4375 "domains = appdom, posixdom\n"
 4376 "\n"
 4377 "[ifp]\n"
 4378 "user_attributes = +phone\n"
 4379 "\n"
 4380 "[domain/posixdom]\n"
 4381 "id_provider = ldap\n"
 4382 "ldap_uri = ldap://ldap.example.com\n"
 4383 "ldap_search_base = dc=example,dc=com\n"
 4384 "\n"
 4385 "[application/appdom]\n"
 4386 "inherit_from = posixdom\n"
 4387 "ldap_user_extra_attrs = phone:telephoneNumber\n"
 4388 msgstr ""
 4389 
 4390 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
 4391 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3784
 4392 msgid "The local domain section"
 4393 msgstr ""
 4394 
 4395 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
 4396 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3786
 4397 msgid ""
 4398 "This section contains settings for domain that stores users and groups in "
 4399 "SSSD native database, that is, a domain that uses "
 4400 "<replaceable>id_provider=local</replaceable>."
 4401 msgstr ""
 4402 
 4403 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4404 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3793
 4405 msgid "default_shell (string)"
 4406 msgstr ""
 4407 
 4408 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4409 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3796
 4410 msgid "The default shell for users created with SSSD userspace tools."
 4411 msgstr ""
 4412 
 4413 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4414 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3800
 4415 msgid "Default: <filename>/bin/bash</filename>"
 4416 msgstr ""
 4417 
 4418 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4419 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3805
 4420 msgid "base_directory (string)"
 4421 msgstr ""
 4422 
 4423 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4424 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3808
 4425 msgid ""
 4426 "The tools append the login name to <replaceable>base_directory</replaceable> "
 4427 "and use that as the home directory."
 4428 msgstr ""
 4429 
 4430 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4431 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3813
 4432 msgid "Default: <filename>/home</filename>"
 4433 msgstr ""
 4434 
 4435 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4436 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3818
 4437 msgid "create_homedir (bool)"
 4438 msgstr ""
 4439 
 4440 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4441 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3821
 4442 msgid ""
 4443 "Indicate if a home directory should be created by default for new users.  "
 4444 "Can be overridden on command line."
 4445 msgstr ""
 4446 
 4447 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4448 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3825 sssd.conf.5.xml:3837
 4449 msgid "Default: TRUE"
 4450 msgstr ""
 4451 
 4452 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4453 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3830
 4454 msgid "remove_homedir (bool)"
 4455 msgstr ""
 4456 
 4457 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4458 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3833
 4459 msgid ""
 4460 "Indicate if a home directory should be removed by default for deleted "
 4461 "users.  Can be overridden on command line."
 4462 msgstr ""
 4463 
 4464 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4465 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3842
 4466 msgid "homedir_umask (integer)"
 4467 msgstr ""
 4468 
 4469 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4470 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3845
 4471 msgid ""
 4472 "Used by <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sss_useradd</refentrytitle> "
 4473 "<manvolnum>8</manvolnum> </citerefentry> to specify the default permissions "
 4474 "on a newly created home directory."
 4475 msgstr ""
 4476 
 4477 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4478 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3853
 4479 msgid "Default: 077"
 4480 msgstr ""
 4481 
 4482 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4483 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3858
 4484 msgid "skel_dir (string)"
 4485 msgstr ""
 4486 
 4487 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4488 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3861
 4489 msgid ""
 4490 "The skeleton directory, which contains files and directories to be copied in "
 4491 "the user's home directory, when the home directory is created by "
 4492 "<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sss_useradd</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>8</"
 4493 "manvolnum> </citerefentry>"
 4494 msgstr ""
 4495 
 4496 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4497 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3871
 4498 msgid "Default: <filename>/etc/skel</filename>"
 4499 msgstr ""
 4500 
 4501 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4502 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3876
 4503 msgid "mail_dir (string)"
 4504 msgstr ""
 4505 
 4506 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4507 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3879
 4508 msgid ""
 4509 "The mail spool directory. This is needed to manipulate the mailbox when its "
 4510 "corresponding user account is modified or deleted.  If not specified, a "
 4511 "default value is used."
 4512 msgstr ""
 4513 
 4514 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4515 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3886
 4516 msgid "Default: <filename>/var/mail</filename>"
 4517 msgstr ""
 4518 
 4519 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4520 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3891
 4521 msgid "userdel_cmd (string)"
 4522 msgstr ""
 4523 
 4524 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4525 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3894
 4526 msgid ""
 4527 "The command that is run after a user is removed.  The command us passed the "
 4528 "username of the user being removed as the first and only parameter. The "
 4529 "return code of the command is not taken into account."
 4530 msgstr ""
 4531 
 4532 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4533 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3900
 4534 msgid "Default: None, no command is run"
 4535 msgstr ""
 4536 
 4537 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
 4538 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3910
 4539 msgid "TRUSTED DOMAIN SECTION"
 4540 msgstr ""
 4541 
 4542 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 4543 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3912
 4544 msgid ""
 4545 "Some options used in the domain section can also be used in the trusted "
 4546 "domain section, that is, in a section called <quote>[domain/"
 4547 "<replaceable>DOMAIN_NAME</replaceable>/<replaceable>TRUSTED_DOMAIN_NAME</"
 4548 "replaceable>]</quote>.  Where DOMAIN_NAME is the actual joined-to base "
 4549 "domain. Please refer to examples below for explanation.  Currently supported "
 4550 "options in the trusted domain section are:"
 4551 msgstr ""
 4552 
 4553 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 4554 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3919
 4555 msgid "ldap_search_base,"
 4556 msgstr ""
 4557 
 4558 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 4559 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3920
 4560 msgid "ldap_user_search_base,"
 4561 msgstr ""
 4562 
 4563 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 4564 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3921
 4565 msgid "ldap_group_search_base,"
 4566 msgstr ""
 4567 
 4568 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 4569 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3922
 4570 msgid "ldap_netgroup_search_base,"
 4571 msgstr ""
 4572 
 4573 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 4574 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3923
 4575 msgid "ldap_service_search_base,"
 4576 msgstr ""
 4577 
 4578 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 4579 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3924
 4580 msgid "ldap_sasl_mech,"
 4581 msgstr ""
 4582 
 4583 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 4584 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3925
 4585 msgid "ad_server,"
 4586 msgstr ""
 4587 
 4588 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 4589 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3926
 4590 msgid "ad_backup_server,"
 4591 msgstr ""
 4592 
 4593 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 4594 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3927
 4595 msgid "ad_site,"
 4596 msgstr ""
 4597 
 4598 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 4599 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3928 sssd-ipa.5.xml:811
 4600 msgid "use_fully_qualified_names"
 4601 msgstr ""
 4602 
 4603 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 4604 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3932
 4605 msgid ""
 4606 "For more details about these options see their individual description in the "
 4607 "manual page."
 4608 msgstr ""
 4609 
 4610 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
 4611 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3938
 4612 msgid "CERTIFICATE MAPPING SECTION"
 4613 msgstr ""
 4614 
 4615 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 4616 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3940
 4617 msgid ""
 4618 "To allow authentication with Smartcards and certificates SSSD must be able "
 4619 "to map certificates to users. This can be done by adding the full "
 4620 "certificate to the LDAP object of the user or to a local override. While "
 4621 "using the full certificate is required to use the Smartcard authentication "
 4622 "feature of SSH (see <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sss_ssh_authorizedkeys</"
 4623 "refentrytitle> <manvolnum>8</manvolnum> </citerefentry> for details) it "
 4624 "might be cumbersome or not even possible to do this for the general case "
 4625 "where local services use PAM for authentication."
 4626 msgstr ""
 4627 
 4628 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 4629 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3954
 4630 msgid ""
 4631 "To make the mapping more flexible mapping and matching rules were added to "
 4632 "SSSD (see <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sss-certmap</refentrytitle> "
 4633 "<manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry> for details)."
 4634 msgstr ""
 4635 
 4636 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 4637 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3963
 4638 msgid ""
 4639 "A mapping and matching rule can be added to the SSSD configuration in a "
 4640 "section on its own with a name like <quote>[certmap/"
 4641 "<replaceable>DOMAIN_NAME</replaceable>/<replaceable>RULE_NAME</"
 4642 "replaceable>]</quote>.  In this section the following options are allowed:"
 4643 msgstr ""
 4644 
 4645 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4646 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3970
 4647 msgid "matchrule (string)"
 4648 msgstr ""
 4649 
 4650 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4651 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3973
 4652 msgid ""
 4653 "Only certificates from the Smartcard which matches this rule will be "
 4654 "processed, all others are ignored."
 4655 msgstr ""
 4656 
 4657 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4658 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3977
 4659 msgid ""
 4660 "Default: KRB5:&lt;EKU&gt;clientAuth, i.e. only certificates which have the "
 4661 "Extended Key Usage <quote>clientAuth</quote>"
 4662 msgstr ""
 4663 
 4664 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4665 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3984
 4666 msgid "maprule (string)"
 4667 msgstr ""
 4668 
 4669 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4670 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3987
 4671 msgid "Defines how the user is found for a given certificate."
 4672 msgstr ""
 4673 
 4674 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 4675 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3993
 4676 msgid ""
 4677 "LDAP:(userCertificate;binary={cert!bin})  for LDAP based providers like "
 4678 "<quote>ldap</quote>, <quote>AD</quote> or <quote>ipa</quote>."
 4679 msgstr ""
 4680 
 4681 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 4682 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3999
 4683 msgid ""
 4684 "The RULE_NAME for the <quote>files</quote> provider which tries to find a "
 4685 "user with the same name."
 4686 msgstr ""
 4687 
 4688 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4689 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4008
 4690 msgid "domains (string)"
 4691 msgstr ""
 4692 
 4693 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4694 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4011
 4695 msgid ""
 4696 "Comma separated list of domain names the rule should be applied. By default "
 4697 "a rule is only valid in the domain configured in sssd.conf. If the provider "
 4698 "supports subdomains this option can be used to add the rule to subdomains as "
 4699 "well."
 4700 msgstr ""
 4701 
 4702 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4703 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4018
 4704 msgid "Default: the configured domain in sssd.conf"
 4705 msgstr ""
 4706 
 4707 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4708 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4023
 4709 msgid "priority (integer)"
 4710 msgstr ""
 4711 
 4712 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4713 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4026
 4714 msgid ""
 4715 "Unsigned integer value defining the priority of the rule. The higher the "
 4716 "number the lower the priority.  <quote>0</quote> stands for the highest "
 4717 "priority while <quote>4294967295</quote> is the lowest."
 4718 msgstr ""
 4719 
 4720 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4721 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4032
 4722 msgid "Default: the lowest priority"
 4723 msgstr ""
 4724 
 4725 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 4726 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4038
 4727 msgid ""
 4728 "To make the configuration simple and reduce the amount of configuration "
 4729 "options the <quote>files</quote> provider has some special properties:"
 4730 msgstr ""
 4731 
 4732 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 4733 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4044
 4734 msgid ""
 4735 "if maprule is not set the RULE_NAME name is assumed to be the name of the "
 4736 "matching user"
 4737 msgstr ""
 4738 
 4739 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 4740 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4050
 4741 msgid ""
 4742 "if a maprule is used both a single user name or a template like "
 4743 "<quote>{subject_rfc822_name.short_name}</quote> must be in braces like e.g. "
 4744 "<quote>(username)</quote> or <quote>({subject_rfc822_name.short_name})</"
 4745 "quote>"
 4746 msgstr ""
 4747 
 4748 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 4749 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4059
 4750 msgid "the <quote>domains</quote> option is ignored"
 4751 msgstr ""
 4752 
 4753 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
 4754 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4067
 4755 msgid "PROMPTING CONFIGURATION SECTION"
 4756 msgstr ""
 4757 
 4758 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 4759 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4069
 4760 msgid ""
 4761 "If a special file (<filename>/var/lib/sss/pubconf/pam_preauth_available</"
 4762 "filename>)  exists SSSD's PAM module pam_sss will ask SSSD to figure out "
 4763 "which authentication methods are available for the user trying to log in.  "
 4764 "Based on the results pam_sss will prompt the user for appropriate "
 4765 "credentials."
 4766 msgstr ""
 4767 
 4768 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 4769 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4077
 4770 msgid ""
 4771 "With the growing number of authentication methods and the possibility that "
 4772 "there are multiple ones for a single user the heuristic used by pam_sss to "
 4773 "select the prompting might not be suitable for all use cases. The following "
 4774 "options should provide a better flexibility here."
 4775 msgstr ""
 4776 
 4777 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4778 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4089
 4779 msgid "[prompting/password]"
 4780 msgstr ""
 4781 
 4782 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4783 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4092
 4784 msgid "password_prompt"
 4785 msgstr ""
 4786 
 4787 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4788 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4093
 4789 msgid "to change the string of the password prompt"
 4790 msgstr ""
 4791 
 4792 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4793 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4091
 4794 msgid ""
 4795 "to configure password prompting, allowed options are: <placeholder type="
 4796 "\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/>"
 4797 msgstr ""
 4798 
 4799 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4800 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4101
 4801 msgid "[prompting/2fa]"
 4802 msgstr ""
 4803 
 4804 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4805 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4105
 4806 msgid "first_prompt"
 4807 msgstr ""
 4808 
 4809 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4810 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4106
 4811 msgid "to change the string of the prompt for the first factor"
 4812 msgstr ""
 4813 
 4814 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4815 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4109
 4816 msgid "second_prompt"
 4817 msgstr ""
 4818 
 4819 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4820 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4110
 4821 msgid "to change the string of the prompt for the second factor"
 4822 msgstr ""
 4823 
 4824 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4825 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4113
 4826 msgid "single_prompt"
 4827 msgstr ""
 4828 
 4829 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4830 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4114
 4831 msgid ""
 4832 "boolean value, if True there will be only a single prompt using the value of "
 4833 "first_prompt where it is expected that both factors are entered as a single "
 4834 "string"
 4835 msgstr ""
 4836 
 4837 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4838 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4103
 4839 msgid ""
 4840 "to configure two-factor authentication prompting, allowed options are: "
 4841 "<placeholder type=\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/>"
 4842 msgstr ""
 4843 
 4844 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 4845 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4084
 4846 msgid ""
 4847 "Each supported authentication method has its own configuration subsection "
 4848 "under <quote>[prompting/...]</quote>. Currently there are: <placeholder type="
 4849 "\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"variablelist\" id=\"1\"/>"
 4850 msgstr ""
 4851 
 4852 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 4853 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4126
 4854 msgid ""
 4855 "It is possible to add a subsection for specific PAM services, e.g. "
 4856 "<quote>[prompting/password/sshd]</quote> to individual change the prompting "
 4857 "for this service."
 4858 msgstr ""
 4859 
 4860 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
 4861 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4133 pam_sss_gss.8.xml:157 idmap_sss.8.xml:43
 4862 msgid "EXAMPLES"
 4863 msgstr ""
 4864 
 4865 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><programlisting>
 4866 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4139
 4867 #, no-wrap
 4868 msgid ""
 4869 "[sssd]\n"
 4870 "domains = LDAP\n"
 4871 "services = nss, pam\n"
 4872 "config_file_version = 2\n"
 4873 "\n"
 4874 "[nss]\n"
 4875 "filter_groups = root\n"
 4876 "filter_users = root\n"
 4877 "\n"
 4878 "[pam]\n"
 4879 "\n"
 4880 "[domain/LDAP]\n"
 4881 "id_provider = ldap\n"
 4882 "ldap_uri = ldap://ldap.example.com\n"
 4883 "ldap_search_base = dc=example,dc=com\n"
 4884 "\n"
 4885 "auth_provider = krb5\n"
 4886 "krb5_server = kerberos.example.com\n"
 4887 "krb5_realm = EXAMPLE.COM\n"
 4888 "cache_credentials = true\n"
 4889 "\n"
 4890 "min_id = 10000\n"
 4891 "max_id = 20000\n"
 4892 "enumerate = False\n"
 4893 msgstr ""
 4894 
 4895 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 4896 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4135
 4897 msgid ""
 4898 "1. The following example shows a typical SSSD config. It does not describe "
 4899 "configuration of the domains themselves - refer to documentation on "
 4900 "configuring domains for more details.  <placeholder type=\"programlisting\" "
 4901 "id=\"0\"/>"
 4902 msgstr ""
 4903 
 4904 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><programlisting>
 4905 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4172
 4906 #, no-wrap
 4907 msgid ""
 4908 "[domain/ipa.com/child.ad.com]\n"
 4909 "use_fully_qualified_names = false\n"
 4910 msgstr ""
 4911 
 4912 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 4913 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4166
 4914 msgid ""
 4915 "2. The following example shows configuration of IPA AD trust where the AD "
 4916 "forest consists of two domains in a parent-child structure.  Suppose IPA "
 4917 "domain (ipa.com) has trust with AD domain(ad.com).  ad.com has child domain "
 4918 "(child.ad.com). To enable shortnames in the child domain the following "
 4919 "configuration should be used.  <placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/"
 4920 ">"
 4921 msgstr ""
 4922 
 4923 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><programlisting>
 4924 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4186
 4925 #, no-wrap
 4926 msgid ""
 4927 "[certmap/my.domain/rule_name]\n"
 4928 "matchrule = &lt;ISSUER&gt;^CN=My-CA,DC=MY,DC=DOMAIN$\n"
 4929 "maprule = (userCertificate;binary={cert!bin})\n"
 4930 "domains = my.domain, your.domain\n"
 4931 "priority = 10\n"
 4932 "\n"
 4933 "[certmap/files/myname]\n"
 4934 "matchrule = &lt;ISSUER&gt;^CN=My-CA,DC=MY,DC=DOMAIN$&lt;SUBJECT&gt;^CN=User.Name,DC=MY,DC=DOMAIN$\n"
 4935 msgstr ""
 4936 
 4937 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 4938 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4177
 4939 msgid ""
 4940 "3. The following example shows the configuration for two certificate mapping "
 4941 "rules. The first is valid for the configured domain <quote>my.domain</quote> "
 4942 "and additionally for the subdomains <quote>your.domain</quote> and uses the "
 4943 "full certificate in the search filter. The second example is valid for the "
 4944 "domain <quote>files</quote> where it is assumed the files provider is used "
 4945 "for this domain and contains a matching rule for the local user "
 4946 "<quote>myname</quote>.  <placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/>"
 4947 msgstr ""
 4948 
 4949 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refname>
 4950 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:10 sssd-ldap.5.xml:16
 4951 msgid "sssd-ldap"
 4952 msgstr ""
 4953 
 4954 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
 4955 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:17
 4956 msgid "SSSD LDAP provider"
 4957 msgstr ""
 4958 
 4959 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 4960 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:23
 4961 msgid ""
 4962 "This manual page describes the configuration of LDAP domains for "
 4963 "<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>8</manvolnum> "
 4964 "</citerefentry>.  Refer to the <quote>FILE FORMAT</quote> section of the "
 4965 "<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd.conf</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</"
 4966 "manvolnum> </citerefentry> manual page for detailed syntax information."
 4967 msgstr ""
 4968 
 4969 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 4970 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:35
 4971 msgid "You can configure SSSD to use more than one LDAP domain."
 4972 msgstr ""
 4973 
 4974 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 4975 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:38
 4976 msgid ""
 4977 "LDAP back end supports id, auth, access and chpass providers. If you want to "
 4978 "authenticate against an LDAP server either TLS/SSL or LDAPS is required. "
 4979 "<command>sssd</command> <emphasis>does not</emphasis> support authentication "
 4980 "over an unencrypted channel.  If the LDAP server is used only as an identity "
 4981 "provider, an encrypted channel is not needed. Please refer to "
 4982 "<quote>ldap_access_filter</quote> config option for more information about "
 4983 "using LDAP as an access provider."
 4984 msgstr ""
 4985 
 4986 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
 4987 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:49 sssd-simple.5.xml:69 sssd-ipa.5.xml:81 sssd-ad.5.xml:115
 4988 #: sssd-krb5.5.xml:63 sssd-ifp.5.xml:44 sssd-files.5.xml:78
 4989 #: sssd-secrets.5.xml:120 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:58 sssd-kcm.8.xml:166
 4990 msgid "CONFIGURATION OPTIONS"
 4991 msgstr ""
 4992 
 4993 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4994 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:66
 4995 msgid "ldap_uri, ldap_backup_uri (string)"
 4996 msgstr ""
 4997 
 4998 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4999 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:69
 5000 msgid ""
 5001 "Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD "
 5002 "should connect in the order of preference. Refer to the <quote>FAILOVER</"
 5003 "quote> section for more information on failover and server redundancy.  If "
 5004 "neither option is specified, service discovery is enabled. For more "
 5005 "information, refer to the <quote>SERVICE DISCOVERY</quote> section."
 5006 msgstr ""
 5007 
 5008 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5009 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:76 sssd-secrets.5.xml:264
 5010 msgid "The format of the URI must match the format defined in RFC 2732:"
 5011 msgstr ""
 5012 
 5013 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5014 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:79
 5015 msgid "ldap[s]://&lt;host&gt;[:port]"
 5016 msgstr ""
 5017 
 5018 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5019 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:82
 5020 msgid ""
 5021 "For explicit IPv6 addresses, &lt;host&gt; must be enclosed in brackets []"
 5022 msgstr ""
 5023 
 5024 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5025 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:85
 5026 msgid "example: ldap://[fc00::126:25]:389"
 5027 msgstr ""
 5028 
 5029 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5030 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:91
 5031 msgid "ldap_chpass_uri, ldap_chpass_backup_uri (string)"
 5032 msgstr ""
 5033 
 5034 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5035 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:94
 5036 msgid ""
 5037 "Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD "
 5038 "should connect in the order of preference to change the password of a user. "
 5039 "Refer to the <quote>FAILOVER</quote> section for more information on "
 5040 "failover and server redundancy."
 5041 msgstr ""
 5042 
 5043 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5044 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:101
 5045 msgid "To enable service discovery ldap_chpass_dns_service_name must be set."
 5046 msgstr ""
 5047 
 5048 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5049 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:105
 5050 msgid "Default: empty, i.e. ldap_uri is used."
 5051 msgstr ""
 5052 
 5053 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5054 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:111
 5055 msgid "ldap_search_base (string)"
 5056 msgstr ""
 5057 
 5058 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5059 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:114
 5060 msgid "The default base DN to use for performing LDAP user operations."
 5061 msgstr ""
 5062 
 5063 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5064 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:118
 5065 msgid ""
 5066 "Starting with SSSD 1.7.0, SSSD supports multiple search bases using the "
 5067 "syntax:"
 5068 msgstr ""
 5069 
 5070 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5071 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:122
 5072 msgid "search_base[?scope?[filter][?search_base?scope?[filter]]*]"
 5073 msgstr ""
 5074 
 5075 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5076 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:125
 5077 msgid "The scope can be one of \"base\", \"onelevel\" or \"subtree\"."
 5078 msgstr ""
 5079 
 5080 #. type: Content of: <listitem><para>
 5081 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:128 include/ldap_search_bases.xml:18
 5082 msgid ""
 5083 "The filter must be a valid LDAP search filter as specified by http://www."
 5084 "ietf.org/rfc/rfc2254.txt"
 5085 msgstr ""
 5086 
 5087 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5088 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:132 sssd-ad.5.xml:288 sss_override.8.xml:143
 5089 #: sss_override.8.xml:240 sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:453
 5090 msgid "Examples:"
 5091 msgstr ""
 5092 
 5093 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5094 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:135
 5095 msgid ""
 5096 "ldap_search_base = dc=example,dc=com (which is equivalent to)  "
 5097 "ldap_search_base = dc=example,dc=com?subtree?"
 5098 msgstr ""
 5099 
 5100 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5101 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:140
 5102 msgid ""
 5103 "ldap_search_base = cn=host_specific,dc=example,dc=com?subtree?"
 5104 "(host=thishost)?dc=example.com?subtree?"
 5105 msgstr ""
 5106 
 5107 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5108 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:143
 5109 msgid ""
 5110 "Note: It is unsupported to have multiple search bases which reference "
 5111 "identically-named objects (for example, groups with the same name in two "
 5112 "different search bases). This will lead to unpredictable behavior on client "
 5113 "machines."
 5114 msgstr ""
 5115 
 5116 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5117 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:150
 5118 msgid ""
 5119 "Default: If not set, the value of the defaultNamingContext or namingContexts "
 5120 "attribute from the RootDSE of the LDAP server is used. If "
 5121 "defaultNamingContext does not exist or has an empty value namingContexts is "
 5122 "used.  The namingContexts attribute must have a single value with the DN of "
 5123 "the search base of the LDAP server to make this work. Multiple values are "
 5124 "are not supported."
 5125 msgstr ""
 5126 
 5127 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5128 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:164
 5129 msgid "ldap_schema (string)"
 5130 msgstr ""
 5131 
 5132 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5133 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:167
 5134 msgid ""
 5135 "Specifies the Schema Type in use on the target LDAP server.  Depending on "
 5136 "the selected schema, the default attribute names retrieved from the servers "
 5137 "may vary.  The way that some attributes are handled may also differ."
 5138 msgstr ""
 5139 
 5140 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5141 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:174
 5142 msgid "Four schema types are currently supported:"
 5143 msgstr ""
 5144 
 5145 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 5146 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:178
 5147 msgid "rfc2307"
 5148 msgstr ""
 5149 
 5150 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 5151 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:183
 5152 msgid "rfc2307bis"
 5153 msgstr ""
 5154 
 5155 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 5156 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:188
 5157 msgid "IPA"
 5158 msgstr ""
 5159 
 5160 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 5161 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:193
 5162 msgid "AD"
 5163 msgstr ""
 5164 
 5165 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5166 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:199
 5167 msgid ""
 5168 "The main difference between these schema types is how group memberships are "
 5169 "recorded in the server.  With rfc2307, group members are listed by name in "
 5170 "the <emphasis>memberUid</emphasis> attribute.  With rfc2307bis and IPA, "
 5171 "group members are listed by DN and stored in the <emphasis>member</emphasis> "
 5172 "attribute.  The AD schema type sets the attributes to correspond with Active "
 5173 "Directory 2008r2 values."
 5174 msgstr ""
 5175 
 5176 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5177 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:209
 5178 msgid "Default: rfc2307"
 5179 msgstr ""
 5180 
 5181 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5182 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:215
 5183 msgid "ldap_pwmodify_mode (string)"
 5184 msgstr ""
 5185 
 5186 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5187 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:218
 5188 msgid "Specify the operation that is used to modify user password."
 5189 msgstr ""
 5190 
 5191 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5192 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:222
 5193 msgid "Two modes are currently supported:"
 5194 msgstr ""
 5195 
 5196 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 5197 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:226
 5198 msgid "exop - Password Modify Extended Operation (RFC 3062)"
 5199 msgstr ""
 5200 
 5201 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 5202 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:232
 5203 msgid "ldap_modify - Direct modification of userPassword (not recommended)."
 5204 msgstr ""
 5205 
 5206 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5207 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:239
 5208 msgid ""
 5209 "Note: First, a new connection is established to verify current password by "
 5210 "binding as the user that requested password change. If successful, this "
 5211 "connection is used to change the password therefore the user must have write "
 5212 "access to userPassword attribute."
 5213 msgstr ""
 5214 
 5215 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5216 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:247
 5217 msgid "Default: exop"
 5218 msgstr ""
 5219 
 5220 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5221 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:253
 5222 msgid "ldap_default_bind_dn (string)"
 5223 msgstr ""
 5224 
 5225 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5226 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:256
 5227 msgid "The default bind DN to use for performing LDAP operations."
 5228 msgstr ""
 5229 
 5230 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5231 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:263
 5232 msgid "ldap_default_authtok_type (string)"
 5233 msgstr ""
 5234 
 5235 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5236 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:266
 5237 msgid "The type of the authentication token of the default bind DN."
 5238 msgstr ""
 5239 
 5240 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5241 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:270
 5242 msgid "The two mechanisms currently supported are:"
 5243 msgstr ""
 5244 
 5245 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5246 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:273
 5247 msgid "password"
 5248 msgstr ""
 5249 
 5250 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5251 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:276
 5252 msgid "obfuscated_password"
 5253 msgstr ""
 5254 
 5255 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5256 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:279
 5257 msgid "Default: password"
 5258 msgstr ""
 5259 
 5260 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5261 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:282
 5262 msgid ""
 5263 "See the <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sss_obfuscate</refentrytitle> "
 5264 "<manvolnum>8</manvolnum> </citerefentry> manual page for more information."
 5265 msgstr ""
 5266 
 5267 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5268 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:293
 5269 msgid "ldap_default_authtok (string)"
 5270 msgstr ""
 5271 
 5272 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5273 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:296
 5274 msgid "The authentication token of the default bind DN."
 5275 msgstr ""
 5276 
 5277 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5278 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:302
 5279 msgid "ldap_force_upper_case_realm (boolean)"
 5280 msgstr ""
 5281 
 5282 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5283 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:305
 5284 msgid ""
 5285 "Some directory servers, for example Active Directory, might deliver the "
 5286 "realm part of the UPN in lower case, which might cause the authentication to "
 5287 "fail. Set this option to a non-zero value if you want to use an upper-case "
 5288 "realm."
 5289 msgstr ""
 5290 
 5291 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5292 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:318
 5293 msgid "ldap_enumeration_refresh_timeout (integer)"
 5294 msgstr ""
 5295 
 5296 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5297 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:321
 5298 msgid ""
 5299 "Specifies how many seconds SSSD has to wait before refreshing its cache of "
 5300 "enumerated records."
 5301 msgstr ""
 5302 
 5303 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5304 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:332
 5305 msgid "ldap_purge_cache_timeout (integer)"
 5306 msgstr ""
 5307 
 5308 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5309 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:335
 5310 msgid ""
 5311 "Determine how often to check the cache for inactive entries (such as groups "
 5312 "with no members and users who have never logged in) and remove them to save "
 5313 "space."
 5314 msgstr ""
 5315 
 5316 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5317 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:341
 5318 msgid ""
 5319 "Setting this option to zero will disable the cache cleanup operation. Please "
 5320 "note that if enumeration is enabled, the cleanup task is required in order "
 5321 "to detect entries removed from the server and can't be disabled. By default, "
 5322 "the cleanup task will run every 3 hours with enumeration enabled."
 5323 msgstr ""
 5324 
 5325 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5326 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:356
 5327 msgid "ldap_group_nesting_level (integer)"
 5328 msgstr ""
 5329 
 5330 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5331 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:359
 5332 msgid ""
 5333 "If ldap_schema is set to a schema format that supports nested groups (e.g. "
 5334 "RFC2307bis), then this option controls how many levels of nesting SSSD will "
 5335 "follow. This option has no effect on the RFC2307 schema."
 5336 msgstr ""
 5337 
 5338 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5339 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:366
 5340 msgid ""
 5341 "Note: This option specifies the guaranteed level of nested groups to be "
 5342 "processed for any lookup. However, nested groups beyond this limit "
 5343 "<emphasis>may be</emphasis> returned if previous lookups already resolved "
 5344 "the deeper nesting levels.  Also, subsequent lookups for other groups may "
 5345 "enlarge the result set for original lookup if re-queried."
 5346 msgstr ""
 5347 
 5348 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5349 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:375
 5350 msgid ""
 5351 "If ldap_group_nesting_level is set to 0 then no nested groups are processed "
 5352 "at all. However, when connected to Active-Directory Server 2008 and later "
 5353 "using <quote>id_provider=ad</quote> it is furthermore required to disable "
 5354 "usage of Token-Groups by setting ldap_use_tokengroups to false in order to "
 5355 "restrict group nesting."
 5356 msgstr ""
 5357 
 5358 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5359 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:384
 5360 msgid "Default: 2"
 5361 msgstr ""
 5362 
 5363 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5364 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:393
 5365 msgid ""
 5366 "This options enables or disables use of Token-Groups attribute when "
 5367 "performing initgroup for users from Active Directory Server 2008 and later."
 5368 msgstr ""
 5369 
 5370 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5371 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:398
 5372 msgid "Default: True for AD and IPA otherwise False."
 5373 msgstr ""
 5374 
 5375 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5376 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:404
 5377 msgid "ldap_host_search_base (string)"
 5378 msgstr ""
 5379 
 5380 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5381 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:407
 5382 msgid "Optional. Use the given string as search base for host objects."
 5383 msgstr ""
 5384 
 5385 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5386 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:411 sssd-ipa.5.xml:389 sssd-ipa.5.xml:408 sssd-ipa.5.xml:427
 5387 #: sssd-ipa.5.xml:446
 5388 msgid ""
 5389 "See <quote>ldap_search_base</quote> for information about configuring "
 5390 "multiple search bases."
 5391 msgstr ""
 5392 
 5393 #. type: Content of: <listitem><para>
 5394 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:416 sssd-ipa.5.xml:394 include/ldap_search_bases.xml:27
 5395 msgid "Default: the value of <emphasis>ldap_search_base</emphasis>"
 5396 msgstr ""
 5397 
 5398 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5399 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:423
 5400 msgid "ldap_service_search_base (string)"
 5401 msgstr ""
 5402 
 5403 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5404 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:428
 5405 msgid "ldap_iphost_search_base (string)"
 5406 msgstr ""
 5407 
 5408 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5409 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:433
 5410 msgid "ldap_ipnetwork_search_base (string)"
 5411 msgstr ""
 5412 
 5413 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5414 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:438
 5415 msgid "ldap_search_timeout (integer)"
 5416 msgstr ""
 5417 
 5418 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5419 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:441
 5420 msgid ""
 5421 "Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches are allowed to run "
 5422 "before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode "
 5423 "is entered)"
 5424 msgstr ""
 5425 
 5426 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5427 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:447
 5428 msgid ""
 5429 "Note: this option is subject to change in future versions of the SSSD. It "
 5430 "will likely be replaced at some point by a series of timeouts for specific "
 5431 "lookup types."
 5432 msgstr ""
 5433 
 5434 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5435 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:459
 5436 msgid "ldap_enumeration_search_timeout (integer)"
 5437 msgstr ""
 5438 
 5439 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5440 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:462
 5441 msgid ""
 5442 "Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches for user and group "
 5443 "enumerations are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results "
 5444 "are returned (and offline mode is entered)"
 5445 msgstr ""
 5446 
 5447 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5448 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:475
 5449 msgid "ldap_network_timeout (integer)"
 5450 msgstr ""
 5451 
 5452 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5453 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:478
 5454 msgid ""
 5455 "Specifies the timeout (in seconds) after which the <citerefentry> "
 5456 "<refentrytitle>poll</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>2</manvolnum> </citerefentry>/"
 5457 "<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>select</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>2</"
 5458 "manvolnum> </citerefentry> following a <citerefentry> "
 5459 "<refentrytitle>connect</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>2</manvolnum> </"
 5460 "citerefentry> returns in case of no activity."
 5461 msgstr ""
 5462 
 5463 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5464 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:501
 5465 msgid "ldap_opt_timeout (integer)"
 5466 msgstr ""
 5467 
 5468 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5469 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:504
 5470 msgid ""
 5471 "Specifies a timeout (in seconds) after which calls to synchronous LDAP APIs "
 5472 "will abort if no response is received. Also controls the timeout when "
 5473 "communicating with the KDC in case of SASL bind, the timeout of an LDAP bind "
 5474 "operation, password change extended operation and the StartTLS operation."
 5475 msgstr ""
 5476 
 5477 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5478 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:519
 5479 msgid "ldap_connection_expire_timeout (integer)"
 5480 msgstr ""
 5481 
 5482 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5483 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:522
 5484 msgid ""
 5485 "Specifies a timeout (in seconds) that a connection to an LDAP server will be "
 5486 "maintained. After this time, the connection will be re-established. If used "
 5487 "in parallel with SASL/GSSAPI, the sooner of the two values (this value vs. "
 5488 "the TGT lifetime)  will be used."
 5489 msgstr ""
 5490 
 5491 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5492 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:530
 5493 msgid ""
 5494 "This timeout can be extended of a random value specified by "
 5495 "<emphasis>ldap_connection_expire_offset</emphasis>"
 5496 msgstr ""
 5497 
 5498 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5499 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:535 sssd-ldap.5.xml:1565
 5500 msgid "Default: 900 (15 minutes)"
 5501 msgstr ""
 5502 
 5503 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5504 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:541
 5505 msgid "ldap_connection_expire_offset (integer)"
 5506 msgstr ""
 5507 
 5508 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5509 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:544
 5510 msgid ""
 5511 "Random offset between 0 and configured value is added to "
 5512 "<emphasis>ldap_connection_expire_timeout</emphasis>."
 5513 msgstr ""
 5514 
 5515 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5516 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:555
 5517 msgid "ldap_page_size (integer)"
 5518 msgstr ""
 5519 
 5520 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5521 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:558
 5522 msgid ""
 5523 "Specify the number of records to retrieve from LDAP in a single request. "
 5524 "Some LDAP servers enforce a maximum limit per-request."
 5525 msgstr ""
 5526 
 5527 #. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5528 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:563 include/failover.xml:84
 5529 msgid "Default: 1000"
 5530 msgstr ""
 5531 
 5532 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5533 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:569
 5534 msgid "ldap_disable_paging (boolean)"
 5535 msgstr ""
 5536 
 5537 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5538 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:572
 5539 msgid ""
 5540 "Disable the LDAP paging control. This option should be used if the LDAP "
 5541 "server reports that it supports the LDAP paging control in its RootDSE but "
 5542 "it is not enabled or does not behave properly."
 5543 msgstr ""
 5544 
 5545 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5546 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:578
 5547 msgid ""
 5548 "Example: OpenLDAP servers with the paging control module installed on the "
 5549 "server but not enabled will report it in the RootDSE but be unable to use it."
 5550 msgstr ""
 5551 
 5552 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5553 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:584
 5554 msgid ""
 5555 "Example: 389 DS has a bug where it can only support a one paging control at "
 5556 "a time on a single connection. On busy clients, this can result in some "
 5557 "requests being denied."
 5558 msgstr ""
 5559 
 5560 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5561 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:596
 5562 msgid "ldap_disable_range_retrieval (boolean)"
 5563 msgstr ""
 5564 
 5565 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5566 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:599
 5567 msgid "Disable Active Directory range retrieval."
 5568 msgstr ""
 5569 
 5570 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5571 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:602
 5572 msgid ""
 5573 "Active Directory limits the number of members to be retrieved in a single "
 5574 "lookup using the MaxValRange policy (which defaults to 1500 members). If a "
 5575 "group contains more members, the reply would include an AD-specific range "
 5576 "extension. This option disables parsing of the range extension, therefore "
 5577 "large groups will appear as having no members."
 5578 msgstr ""
 5579 
 5580 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5581 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:617
 5582 msgid "ldap_sasl_minssf (integer)"
 5583 msgstr ""
 5584 
 5585 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5586 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:620
 5587 msgid ""
 5588 "When communicating with an LDAP server using SASL, specify the minimum "
 5589 "security level necessary to establish the connection. The values of this "
 5590 "option are defined by OpenLDAP."
 5591 msgstr ""
 5592 
 5593 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5594 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:626 sssd-ldap.5.xml:642
 5595 msgid "Default: Use the system default (usually specified by ldap.conf)"
 5596 msgstr ""
 5597 
 5598 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5599 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:633
 5600 msgid "ldap_sasl_maxssf (integer)"
 5601 msgstr ""
 5602 
 5603 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5604 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:636
 5605 msgid ""
 5606 "When communicating with an LDAP server using SASL, specify the maximal "
 5607 "security level necessary to establish the connection. The values of this "
 5608 "option are defined by OpenLDAP."
 5609 msgstr ""
 5610 
 5611 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5612 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:649
 5613 msgid "ldap_deref_threshold (integer)"
 5614 msgstr ""
 5615 
 5616 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5617 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:652
 5618 msgid ""
 5619 "Specify the number of group members that must be missing from the internal "
 5620 "cache in order to trigger a dereference lookup. If less members are missing, "
 5621 "they are looked up individually."
 5622 msgstr ""
 5623 
 5624 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5625 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:658
 5626 msgid ""
 5627 "You can turn off dereference lookups completely by setting the value to 0. "
 5628 "Please note that there are some codepaths in SSSD, like the IPA HBAC "
 5629 "provider, that are only implemented using the dereference call, so even with "
 5630 "dereference explicitly disabled, those parts will still use dereference if "
 5631 "the server supports it and advertises the dereference control in the rootDSE "
 5632 "object."
 5633 msgstr ""
 5634 
 5635 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5636 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:669
 5637 msgid ""
 5638 "A dereference lookup is a means of fetching all group members in a single "
 5639 "LDAP call.  Different LDAP servers may implement different dereference "
 5640 "methods. The currently supported servers are 389/RHDS, OpenLDAP and Active "
 5641 "Directory."
 5642 msgstr ""
 5643 
 5644 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5645 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:677
 5646 msgid ""
 5647 "<emphasis>Note:</emphasis> If any of the search bases specifies a search "
 5648 "filter, then the dereference lookup performance enhancement will be disabled "
 5649 "regardless of this setting."
 5650 msgstr ""
 5651 
 5652 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5653 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:690
 5654 msgid "ldap_tls_reqcert (string)"
 5655 msgstr ""
 5656 
 5657 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5658 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:693
 5659 msgid ""
 5660 "Specifies what checks to perform on server certificates in a TLS session, if "
 5661 "any. It can be specified as one of the following values:"
 5662 msgstr ""
 5663 
 5664 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5665 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:699
 5666 msgid ""
 5667 "<emphasis>never</emphasis> = The client will not request or check any server "
 5668 "certificate."
 5669 msgstr ""
 5670 
 5671 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5672 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:703
 5673 msgid ""
 5674 "<emphasis>allow</emphasis> = The server certificate is requested. If no "
 5675 "certificate is provided, the session proceeds normally. If a bad certificate "
 5676 "is provided, it will be ignored and the session proceeds normally."
 5677 msgstr ""
 5678 
 5679 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5680 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:710
 5681 msgid ""
 5682 "<emphasis>try</emphasis> = The server certificate is requested. If no "
 5683 "certificate is provided, the session proceeds normally. If a bad certificate "
 5684 "is provided, the session is immediately terminated."
 5685 msgstr ""
 5686 
 5687 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5688 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:716
 5689 msgid ""
 5690 "<emphasis>demand</emphasis> = The server certificate is requested. If no "
 5691 "certificate is provided, or a bad certificate is provided, the session is "
 5692 "immediately terminated."
 5693 msgstr ""
 5694 
 5695 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5696 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:722
 5697 msgid "<emphasis>hard</emphasis> = Same as <quote>demand</quote>"
 5698 msgstr ""
 5699 
 5700 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5701 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:726
 5702 msgid "Default: hard"
 5703 msgstr ""
 5704 
 5705 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5706 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:732
 5707 msgid "ldap_tls_cacert (string)"
 5708 msgstr ""
 5709 
 5710 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5711 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:735
 5712 msgid ""
 5713 "Specifies the file that contains certificates for all of the Certificate "
 5714 "Authorities that <command>sssd</command> will recognize."
 5715 msgstr ""
 5716 
 5717 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5718 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:740 sssd-ldap.5.xml:758 sssd-ldap.5.xml:799
 5719 msgid ""
 5720 "Default: use OpenLDAP defaults, typically in <filename>/etc/openldap/ldap."
 5721 "conf</filename>"
 5722 msgstr ""
 5723 
 5724 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5725 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:747
 5726 msgid "ldap_tls_cacertdir (string)"
 5727 msgstr ""
 5728 
 5729 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5730 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:750
 5731 msgid ""
 5732 "Specifies the path of a directory that contains Certificate Authority "
 5733 "certificates in separate individual files. Typically the file names need to "
 5734 "be the hash of the certificate followed by '.0'.  If available, "
 5735 "<command>cacertdir_rehash</command> can be used to create the correct names."
 5736 msgstr ""
 5737 
 5738 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5739 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:765
 5740 msgid "ldap_tls_cert (string)"
 5741 msgstr ""
 5742 
 5743 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5744 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:768
 5745 msgid "Specifies the file that contains the certificate for the client's key."
 5746 msgstr ""
 5747 
 5748 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5749 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:778
 5750 msgid "ldap_tls_key (string)"
 5751 msgstr ""
 5752 
 5753 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5754 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:781
 5755 msgid "Specifies the file that contains the client's key."
 5756 msgstr ""
 5757 
 5758 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5759 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:790
 5760 msgid "ldap_tls_cipher_suite (string)"
 5761 msgstr ""
 5762 
 5763 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5764 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:793
 5765 msgid ""
 5766 "Specifies acceptable cipher suites.  Typically this is a colon separated "
 5767 "list.  See <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ldap.conf</refentrytitle> "
 5768 "<manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> for format."
 5769 msgstr ""
 5770 
 5771 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5772 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:806
 5773 msgid "ldap_id_use_start_tls (boolean)"
 5774 msgstr ""
 5775 
 5776 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5777 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:809
 5778 msgid ""
 5779 "Specifies that the id_provider connection must also use <systemitem class="
 5780 "\"protocol\">tls</systemitem> to protect the channel."
 5781 msgstr ""
 5782 
 5783 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5784 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:819
 5785 msgid "ldap_id_mapping (boolean)"
 5786 msgstr ""
 5787 
 5788 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5789 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:822
 5790 msgid ""
 5791 "Specifies that SSSD should attempt to map user and group IDs from the "
 5792 "ldap_user_objectsid and ldap_group_objectsid attributes instead of relying "
 5793 "on ldap_user_uid_number and ldap_group_gid_number."
 5794 msgstr ""
 5795 
 5796 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5797 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:828
 5798 msgid "Currently this feature supports only ActiveDirectory objectSID mapping."
 5799 msgstr ""
 5800 
 5801 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5802 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:838
 5803 msgid "ldap_min_id, ldap_max_id (integer)"
 5804 msgstr ""
 5805 
 5806 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5807 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:841
 5808 msgid ""
 5809 "In contrast to the SID based ID mapping which is used if ldap_id_mapping is "
 5810 "set to true the allowed ID range for ldap_user_uid_number and "
 5811 "ldap_group_gid_number is unbound. In a setup with sub/trusted-domains this "
 5812 "might lead to ID collisions. To avoid collisions ldap_min_id and ldap_max_id "
 5813 "can be set to restrict the allowed range for the IDs which are read directly "
 5814 "from the server. Sub-domains can then pick other ranges to map IDs."
 5815 msgstr ""
 5816 
 5817 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5818 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:853
 5819 msgid "Default: not set (both options are set to 0)"
 5820 msgstr ""
 5821 
 5822 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5823 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:859
 5824 msgid "ldap_sasl_mech (string)"
 5825 msgstr ""
 5826 
 5827 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5828 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:862
 5829 msgid ""
 5830 "Specify the SASL mechanism to use.  Currently only GSSAPI and GSS-SPNEGO are "
 5831 "tested and supported."
 5832 msgstr ""
 5833 
 5834 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5835 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:866
 5836 msgid ""
 5837 "If the backend supports sub-domains the value of ldap_sasl_mech is "
 5838 "automatically inherited to the sub-domains. If a different value is needed "
 5839 "for a sub-domain it can be overwritten by setting ldap_sasl_mech for this "
 5840 "sub-domain explicitly.  Please see TRUSTED DOMAIN SECTION in "
 5841 "<citerefentry><refentrytitle>sssd.conf</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</"
 5842 "manvolnum></citerefentry> for details."
 5843 msgstr ""
 5844 
 5845 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5846 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:882
 5847 msgid "ldap_sasl_authid (string)"
 5848 msgstr ""
 5849 
 5850 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><programlisting>
 5851 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:894
 5852 #, no-wrap
 5853 msgid ""
 5854 "hostname@REALM\n"
 5855 "netbiosname$@REALM\n"
 5856 "host/hostname@REALM\n"
 5857 "*$@REALM\n"
 5858 "host/*@REALM\n"
 5859 "host/*\n"
 5860 "                            "
 5861 msgstr ""
 5862 
 5863 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5864 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:885
 5865 msgid ""
 5866 "Specify the SASL authorization id to use.  When GSSAPI/GSS-SPNEGO are used, "
 5867 "this represents the Kerberos principal used for authentication to the "
 5868 "directory.  This option can either contain the full principal (for example "
 5869 "host/myhost@EXAMPLE.COM) or just the principal name (for example host/"
 5870 "myhost).  By default, the value is not set and the following principals are "
 5871 "used: <placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/> If none of them are "
 5872 "found, the first principal in keytab is returned."
 5873 msgstr ""
 5874 
 5875 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5876 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:905
 5877 msgid "Default: host/hostname@REALM"
 5878 msgstr ""
 5879 
 5880 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5881 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:911
 5882 msgid "ldap_sasl_realm (string)"
 5883 msgstr ""
 5884 
 5885 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5886 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:914
 5887 msgid ""
 5888 "Specify the SASL realm to use. When not specified, this option defaults to "
 5889 "the value of krb5_realm.  If the ldap_sasl_authid contains the realm as "
 5890 "well, this option is ignored."
 5891 msgstr ""
 5892 
 5893 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5894 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:920
 5895 msgid "Default: the value of krb5_realm."
 5896 msgstr ""
 5897 
 5898 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5899 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:926
 5900 msgid "ldap_sasl_canonicalize (boolean)"
 5901 msgstr ""
 5902 
 5903 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5904 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:929
 5905 msgid ""
 5906 "If set to true, the LDAP library would perform a reverse lookup to "
 5907 "canonicalize the host name during a SASL bind."
 5908 msgstr ""
 5909 
 5910 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5911 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:934
 5912 msgid "Default: false;"
 5913 msgstr ""
 5914 
 5915 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5916 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:940
 5917 msgid "ldap_krb5_keytab (string)"
 5918 msgstr ""
 5919 
 5920 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5921 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:943
 5922 msgid "Specify the keytab to use when using SASL/GSSAPI/GSS-SPNEGO."
 5923 msgstr ""
 5924 
 5925 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5926 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:947
 5927 msgid "Default: System keytab, normally <filename>/etc/krb5.keytab</filename>"
 5928 msgstr ""
 5929 
 5930 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5931 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:953
 5932 msgid "ldap_krb5_init_creds (boolean)"
 5933 msgstr ""
 5934 
 5935 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5936 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:956
 5937 msgid ""
 5938 "Specifies that the id_provider should init Kerberos credentials (TGT).  This "
 5939 "action is performed only if SASL is used and the mechanism selected is "
 5940 "GSSAPI or GSS-SPNEGO."
 5941 msgstr ""
 5942 
 5943 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5944 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:968
 5945 msgid "ldap_krb5_ticket_lifetime (integer)"
 5946 msgstr ""
 5947 
 5948 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5949 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:971
 5950 msgid ""
 5951 "Specifies the lifetime in seconds of the TGT if GSSAPI or GSS-SPNEGO is used."
 5952 msgstr ""
 5953 
 5954 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5955 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:975 sssd-ad.5.xml:1229
 5956 msgid "Default: 86400 (24 hours)"
 5957 msgstr ""
 5958 
 5959 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5960 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:981 sssd-krb5.5.xml:74
 5961 msgid "krb5_server, krb5_backup_server (string)"
 5962 msgstr ""
 5963 
 5964 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5965 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:984
 5966 msgid ""
 5967 "Specifies the comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the "
 5968 "Kerberos servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference. "
 5969 "For more information on failover and server redundancy, see the "
 5970 "<quote>FAILOVER</quote> section. An optional port number (preceded by a "
 5971 "colon) may be appended to the addresses or hostnames.  If empty, service "
 5972 "discovery is enabled - for more information, refer to the <quote>SERVICE "
 5973 "DISCOVERY</quote> section."
 5974 msgstr ""
 5975 
 5976 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5977 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:996 sssd-krb5.5.xml:89
 5978 msgid ""
 5979 "When using service discovery for KDC or kpasswd servers, SSSD first searches "
 5980 "for DNS entries that specify _udp as the protocol and falls back to _tcp if "
 5981 "none are found."
 5982 msgstr ""
 5983 
 5984 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5985 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1001 sssd-krb5.5.xml:94
 5986 msgid ""
 5987 "This option was named <quote>krb5_kdcip</quote> in earlier releases of SSSD. "
 5988 "While the legacy name is recognized for the time being, users are advised to "
 5989 "migrate their config files to use <quote>krb5_server</quote> instead."
 5990 msgstr ""
 5991 
 5992 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5993 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1010 sssd-ipa.5.xml:458 sssd-krb5.5.xml:103
 5994 msgid "krb5_realm (string)"
 5995 msgstr ""
 5996 
 5997 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5998 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1013
 5999 msgid "Specify the Kerberos REALM (for SASL/GSSAPI/GSS-SPNEGO auth)."
 6000 msgstr ""
 6001 
 6002 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6003 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1017
 6004 msgid "Default: System defaults, see <filename>/etc/krb5.conf</filename>"
 6005 msgstr ""
 6006 
 6007 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 6008 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1023 sssd-krb5.5.xml:462
 6009 msgid "krb5_canonicalize (boolean)"
 6010 msgstr ""
 6011 
 6012 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6013 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1026
 6014 msgid ""
 6015 "Specifies if the host principal should be canonicalized when connecting to "
 6016 "LDAP server. This feature is available with MIT Kerberos >= 1.7"
 6017 msgstr ""
 6018 
 6019 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 6020 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1038 sssd-krb5.5.xml:477
 6021 msgid "krb5_use_kdcinfo (boolean)"
 6022 msgstr ""
 6023 
 6024 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6025 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1041 sssd-krb5.5.xml:480
 6026 msgid ""
 6027 "Specifies if the SSSD should instruct the Kerberos libraries what realm and "
 6028 "which KDCs to use. This option is on by default, if you disable it, you need "
 6029 "to configure the Kerberos library using the <citerefentry> "
 6030 "<refentrytitle>krb5.conf</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </"
 6031 "citerefentry> configuration file."
 6032 msgstr ""
 6033 
 6034 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6035 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1052 sssd-krb5.5.xml:491
 6036 msgid ""
 6037 "See the <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd_krb5_locator_plugin</"
 6038 "refentrytitle> <manvolnum>8</manvolnum> </citerefentry> manual page for more "
 6039 "information on the locator plugin."
 6040 msgstr ""
 6041 
 6042 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 6043 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1066
 6044 msgid "ldap_pwd_policy (string)"
 6045 msgstr ""
 6046 
 6047 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6048 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1069
 6049 msgid ""
 6050 "Select the policy to evaluate the password expiration on the client side. "
 6051 "The following values are allowed:"
 6052 msgstr ""
 6053 
 6054 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6055 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1074
 6056 msgid ""
 6057 "<emphasis>none</emphasis> - No evaluation on the client side. This option "
 6058 "cannot disable server-side password policies."
 6059 msgstr ""
 6060 
 6061 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6062 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1079
 6063 msgid ""
 6064 "<emphasis>shadow</emphasis> - Use <citerefentry><refentrytitle>shadow</"
 6065 "refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> style attributes to "
 6066 "evaluate if the password has expired."
 6067 msgstr ""
 6068 
 6069 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6070 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1085
 6071 msgid ""
 6072 "<emphasis>mit_kerberos</emphasis> - Use the attributes used by MIT Kerberos "
 6073 "to determine if the password has expired. Use chpass_provider=krb5 to update "
 6074 "these attributes when the password is changed."
 6075 msgstr ""
 6076 
 6077 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6078 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1094
 6079 msgid ""
 6080 "<emphasis>Note</emphasis>: if a password policy is configured on server "
 6081 "side, it always takes precedence over policy set with this option."
 6082 msgstr ""
 6083 
 6084 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 6085 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1102
 6086 msgid "ldap_referrals (boolean)"
 6087 msgstr ""
 6088 
 6089 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6090 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1105
 6091 msgid "Specifies whether automatic referral chasing should be enabled."
 6092 msgstr ""
 6093 
 6094 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6095 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1109
 6096 msgid ""
 6097 "Please note that sssd only supports referral chasing when it is compiled "
 6098 "with OpenLDAP version 2.4.13 or higher."
 6099 msgstr ""
 6100 
 6101 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6102 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1114
 6103 msgid ""
 6104 "Chasing referrals may incur a performance penalty in environments that use "
 6105 "them heavily, a notable example is Microsoft Active Directory. If your setup "
 6106 "does not in fact require the use of referrals, setting this option to false "
 6107 "might bring a noticeable performance improvement.  Setting this option to "
 6108 "false is therefore recommended in case the SSSD LDAP provider is used "
 6109 "together with Microsoft Active Directory as a backend. Even if SSSD would be "
 6110 "able to follow the referral to a different AD DC no additional data would be "
 6111 "available."
 6112 msgstr ""
 6113 
 6114 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 6115 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1133
 6116 msgid "ldap_dns_service_name (string)"
 6117 msgstr ""
 6118 
 6119 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6120 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1136
 6121 msgid "Specifies the service name to use when service discovery is enabled."
 6122 msgstr ""
 6123 
 6124 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6125 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1140
 6126 msgid "Default: ldap"
 6127 msgstr ""
 6128 
 6129 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 6130 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1146
 6131 msgid "ldap_chpass_dns_service_name (string)"
 6132 msgstr ""
 6133 
 6134 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6135 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1149
 6136 msgid ""
 6137 "Specifies the service name to use to find an LDAP server which allows "
 6138 "password changes when service discovery is enabled."
 6139 msgstr ""
 6140 
 6141 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6142 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1154
 6143 msgid "Default: not set, i.e. service discovery is disabled"
 6144 msgstr ""
 6145 
 6146 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 6147 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1160
 6148 msgid "ldap_chpass_update_last_change (bool)"
 6149 msgstr ""
 6150 
 6151 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6152 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1163
 6153 msgid ""
 6154 "Specifies whether to update the ldap_user_shadow_last_change attribute with "
 6155 "days since the Epoch after a password change operation."
 6156 msgstr ""
 6157 
 6158 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 6159 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1175
 6160 msgid "ldap_access_filter (string)"
 6161 msgstr ""
 6162 
 6163 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6164 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1178
 6165 msgid ""
 6166 "If using access_provider = ldap and ldap_access_order = filter (default), "
 6167 "this option is mandatory. It specifies an LDAP search filter criteria that "
 6168 "must be met for the user to be granted access on this host. If "
 6169 "access_provider = ldap, ldap_access_order = filter and this option is not "
 6170 "set, it will result in all users being denied access.  Use access_provider = "
 6171 "permit to change this default behavior. Please note that this filter is "
 6172 "applied on the LDAP user entry only and thus filtering based on nested "
 6173 "groups may not work (e.g. memberOf attribute on AD entries points only to "
 6174 "direct parents). If filtering based on nested groups is required, please see "
 6175 "<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-simple</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</"
 6176 "manvolnum> </citerefentry>."
 6177 msgstr ""
 6178 
 6179 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6180 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1198
 6181 msgid "Example:"
 6182 msgstr ""
 6183 
 6184 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><programlisting>
 6185 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1201
 6186 #, no-wrap
 6187 msgid ""
 6188 "access_provider = ldap\n"
 6189 "ldap_access_filter = (employeeType=admin)\n"
 6190 "                        "
 6191 msgstr ""
 6192 
 6193 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6194 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1205
 6195 msgid ""
 6196 "This example means that access to this host is restricted to users whose "
 6197 "employeeType attribute is set to \"admin\"."
 6198 msgstr ""
 6199 
 6200 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6201 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1210
 6202 msgid ""
 6203 "Offline caching for this feature is limited to determining whether the "
 6204 "user's last online login was granted access permission. If they were granted "
 6205 "access during their last login, they will continue to be granted access "
 6206 "while offline and vice versa."
 6207 msgstr ""
 6208 
 6209 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6210 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1218 sssd-ldap.5.xml:1275
 6211 msgid "Default: Empty"
 6212 msgstr ""
 6213 
 6214 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 6215 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1224
 6216 msgid "ldap_account_expire_policy (string)"
 6217 msgstr ""
 6218 
 6219 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6220 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1227
 6221 msgid ""
 6222 "With this option a client side evaluation of access control attributes can "
 6223 "be enabled."
 6224 msgstr ""
 6225 
 6226 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6227 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1231
 6228 msgid ""
 6229 "Please note that it is always recommended to use server side access control, "
 6230 "i.e. the LDAP server should deny the bind request with a suitable error code "
 6231 "even if the password is correct."
 6232 msgstr ""
 6233 
 6234 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6235 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1238
 6236 msgid "The following values are allowed:"
 6237 msgstr ""
 6238 
 6239 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6240 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1241
 6241 msgid ""
 6242 "<emphasis>shadow</emphasis>: use the value of ldap_user_shadow_expire to "
 6243 "determine if the account is expired."
 6244 msgstr ""
 6245 
 6246 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6247 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1246
 6248 msgid ""
 6249 "<emphasis>ad</emphasis>: use the value of the 32bit field "
 6250 "ldap_user_ad_user_account_control and allow access if the second bit is not "
 6251 "set. If the attribute is missing access is granted. Also the expiration time "
 6252 "of the account is checked."
 6253 msgstr ""
 6254 
 6255 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6256 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1253
 6257 msgid ""
 6258 "<emphasis>rhds</emphasis>, <emphasis>ipa</emphasis>, <emphasis>389ds</"
 6259 "emphasis>: use the value of ldap_ns_account_lock to check if access is "
 6260 "allowed or not."
 6261 msgstr ""
 6262 
 6263 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6264 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1259
 6265 msgid ""
 6266 "<emphasis>nds</emphasis>: the values of "
 6267 "ldap_user_nds_login_allowed_time_map, ldap_user_nds_login_disabled and "
 6268 "ldap_user_nds_login_expiration_time are used to check if access is allowed. "
 6269 "If both attributes are missing access is granted."
 6270 msgstr ""
 6271 
 6272 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6273 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1268
 6274 msgid ""
 6275 "Please note that the ldap_access_order configuration option <emphasis>must</"
 6276 "emphasis> include <quote>expire</quote> in order for the "
 6277 "ldap_account_expire_policy option to work."
 6278 msgstr ""
 6279 
 6280 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 6281 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1281
 6282 msgid "ldap_access_order (string)"
 6283 msgstr ""
 6284 
 6285 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6286 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1284
 6287 msgid "Comma separated list of access control options.  Allowed values are:"
 6288 msgstr ""
 6289 
 6290 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6291 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1288
 6292 msgid "<emphasis>filter</emphasis>: use ldap_access_filter"
 6293 msgstr ""
 6294 
 6295 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6296 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1291
 6297 msgid ""
 6298 "<emphasis>lockout</emphasis>: use account locking.  If set, this option "
 6299 "denies access in case that ldap attribute 'pwdAccountLockedTime' is present "
 6300 "and has value of '000001010000Z'. Please see the option ldap_pwdlockout_dn.  "
 6301 "Please note that 'access_provider = ldap' must be set for this feature to "
 6302 "work."
 6303 msgstr ""
 6304 
 6305 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6306 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1301
 6307 msgid ""
 6308 "<emphasis> Please note that this option is superseded by the <quote>ppolicy</"
 6309 "quote> option and might be removed in a future release.  </emphasis>"
 6310 msgstr ""
 6311 
 6312 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6313 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1308
 6314 msgid ""
 6315 "<emphasis>ppolicy</emphasis>: use account locking.  If set, this option "
 6316 "denies access in case that ldap attribute 'pwdAccountLockedTime' is present "
 6317 "and has value of '000001010000Z' or represents any time in the past.  The "
 6318 "value of the 'pwdAccountLockedTime' attribute must end with 'Z', which "
 6319 "denotes the UTC time zone.  Other time zones are not currently supported and "
 6320 "will result in \"access-denied\" when users attempt to log in.  Please see "
 6321 "the option ldap_pwdlockout_dn.  Please note that 'access_provider = ldap' "
 6322 "must be set for this feature to work."
 6323 msgstr ""
 6324 
 6325 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6326 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1325
 6327 msgid "<emphasis>expire</emphasis>: use ldap_account_expire_policy"
 6328 msgstr ""
 6329 
 6330 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6331 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1329
 6332 msgid ""
 6333 "<emphasis>pwd_expire_policy_reject, pwd_expire_policy_warn, "
 6334 "pwd_expire_policy_renew: </emphasis> These options are useful if users are "
 6335 "interested in being warned that password is about to expire and "
 6336 "authentication is based on using a different method than passwords - for "
 6337 "example SSH keys."
 6338 msgstr ""
 6339 
 6340 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6341 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1339
 6342 msgid ""
 6343 "The difference between these options is the action taken if user password is "
 6344 "expired: pwd_expire_policy_reject - user is denied to log in, "
 6345 "pwd_expire_policy_warn - user is still able to log in, "
 6346 "pwd_expire_policy_renew - user is prompted to change his password "
 6347 "immediately."
 6348 msgstr ""
 6349 
 6350 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6351 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1347
 6352 msgid ""
 6353 "Note If user password is expired no explicit message is prompted by SSSD."
 6354 msgstr ""
 6355 
 6356 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6357 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1351
 6358 msgid ""
 6359 "Please note that 'access_provider = ldap' must be set for this feature to "
 6360 "work. Also 'ldap_pwd_policy' must be set to an appropriate password policy."
 6361 msgstr ""
 6362 
 6363 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6364 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1356
 6365 msgid ""
 6366 "<emphasis>authorized_service</emphasis>: use the authorizedService attribute "
 6367 "to determine access"
 6368 msgstr ""
 6369 
 6370 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6371 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1361
 6372 msgid "<emphasis>host</emphasis>: use the host attribute to determine access"
 6373 msgstr ""
 6374 
 6375 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6376 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1365
 6377 msgid ""
 6378 "<emphasis>rhost</emphasis>: use the rhost attribute to determine whether "
 6379 "remote host can access"
 6380 msgstr ""
 6381 
 6382 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6383 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1369
 6384 msgid ""
 6385 "Please note, rhost field in pam is set by application, it is better to check "
 6386 "what the application sends to pam, before enabling this access control option"
 6387 msgstr ""
 6388 
 6389 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6390 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1374
 6391 msgid "Default: filter"
 6392 msgstr ""
 6393 
 6394 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6395 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1377
 6396 msgid ""
 6397 "Please note that it is a configuration error if a value is used more than "
 6398 "once."
 6399 msgstr ""
 6400 
 6401 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 6402 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1384
 6403 msgid "ldap_pwdlockout_dn (string)"
 6404 msgstr ""
 6405 
 6406 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6407 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1387
 6408 msgid ""
 6409 "This option specifies the DN of password policy entry on LDAP server. Please "
 6410 "note that absence of this option in sssd.conf in case of enabled account "
 6411 "lockout checking will yield access denied as ppolicy attributes on LDAP "
 6412 "server cannot be checked properly."
 6413 msgstr ""
 6414 
 6415 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6416 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1395
 6417 msgid "Example: cn=ppolicy,ou=policies,dc=example,dc=com"
 6418 msgstr ""
 6419 
 6420 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6421 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1398
 6422 msgid "Default: cn=ppolicy,ou=policies,$ldap_search_base"
 6423 msgstr ""
 6424 
 6425 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 6426 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1404
 6427 msgid "ldap_deref (string)"
 6428 msgstr ""
 6429 
 6430 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6431 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1407
 6432 msgid ""
 6433 "Specifies how alias dereferencing is done when performing a search. The "
 6434 "following options are allowed:"
 6435 msgstr ""
 6436 
 6437 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6438 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1412
 6439 msgid "<emphasis>never</emphasis>: Aliases are never dereferenced."
 6440 msgstr ""
 6441 
 6442 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6443 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1416
 6444 msgid ""
 6445 "<emphasis>searching</emphasis>: Aliases are dereferenced in subordinates of "
 6446 "the base object, but not in locating the base object of the search."
 6447 msgstr ""
 6448 
 6449 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6450 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1421
 6451 msgid ""
 6452 "<emphasis>finding</emphasis>: Aliases are only dereferenced when locating "
 6453 "the base object of the search."
 6454 msgstr